The University of New South Wales Sydney NSW 2052 Australia

Telephone (02) 9385 1000 Facsimile (02) 9385 2000 Email [email protected] Website www.unsw.edu.au

Hours of opening UNSW is open 9am–1pm and 2pm–5pm every weekday, except for public and university holidays. Many parts of the University are open beyond these times. Please telephone the section or department you wish to visit to check their opening times.

Published by the Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Resources)

Production team Compilation Victoria Miller Editing Blanche Hampton Design and Photography Di Quick Printer Ligare Pty Ltd

ISSN 0726-8459 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003 —— THE FUNCTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY

he functions of the University (within the limits of its resources) T include: a the provision of education and research facilities of university standard; b aiding, by research and other suitable means, the advancement, development and practical application of science to industry and commerce; c the provision of instruction and the carrying out of research in the disciplines of human studies and medicine and in such other disciplines as Council may from time to time determine; and d the conferring of the degrees of Bachelor, Master and Doctor and the awarding of diplomas and other certificates.

University of New South Wales Act 1989, Section 6 (1)

—— UNSW MISSION STATEMENT

By providing an excellent educational experience and by achieving excellence in research international engagement and interaction with the community

UNSW will be an international university of outstanding quality.

UNSW Five Year Plan, 1999

2

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— CONTENTS

PART ONE PART TWO

8 _ Facts in Brief 19 _ Research 9 _ The Council of the University 22 _ Research Centres 10 _ The Structure of the University 24 _ International 12 _ The Chancellor’s Report 26 _ Academic and Teaching 14 _ The Vice-Chancellor’s Report Developments 27 _ Significant Committees Established 28 _ Learning and Teaching 33 _ Faculty Notes 46 _ Community Outreach 50 _ Information Technology 51 _ Public Affairs and Development 53 _ UNSW Alumni Association 55 _ UNSW Foundation 57 _ Major Benefactors

4 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— CONTENTS

PART THREE 85 _ Publications 86 _ Freedom of Information 60 _ Membership of the Council 88 _ Equity and Diversity 62 _ Membership of the Committees 93 _ Ethnic Affairs Priority of Council Statement 63 _ Council and Committee 100 _ Human Resources and Members’ Attendance 2003 Industrial Relations 65 _ UNSW Senior Officers 66 _ Codes of Conduct PART FIVE PART FOUR 105 _ Finance 117 _ Independent Audit Report 70 _ Facilities Management 119 _ Statement by Members of Council 76 _ Risk Management 120 _ Statement of Financial Performance 80 _ University-Controlled Entities 121 _ Statement of Financial Position 84 _ Legal Affairs 122 _ Statement of Cash Flows 123 _ Notes to the Financial Report

5

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

PART ONE

8 – FACTS IN BRIEF

9 – THE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY

10 – THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

12 – THE CHANCELLOR’S REPORT

14 – THE VICE-CHANCELLOR’S REPORT THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— FACTS IN BRIEF

ENROLMENTS ACADEMIC UNITS Students (head count) 40,594 Faculties 8 Total enrolments 41,143 AGSM (a Faculty of both UNSW and the University of Sydney) 1 Higher doctorate and PhD 2,146 University College Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) 1 Masters research and masters coursework 8,684 Schools (including ADFA) 76 Cross-institution and non-award 1,054 Centres (including NHMRC programs) 71 Bachelor degrees and undergraduate diplomas 24,950 Institutes 4 Postgraduate qualifying diplomas and certificates 4,309 Principal teaching hospitals 4

STAFF (FULL-TIME EQUIVALENT) AWARDS Total Staff 5,290 Total awards in 2002 9,468 Academic – teaching only, teaching and research 1,888 Higher degrees 4,318 Academic – research only 383 Postgraduate diplomas and graduate certificates 722 Academic – other 74 Bachelor degrees and undergraduate diplomas 4,428 Non-academic 2,945 Total degrees and diplomas awarded since the University’s foundation 183,690 Undergraduate programs available 235 FINANCE (2003) Postgraduate programs available 592 Total assets $1.77 billion Annual operating revenue $783 million Total expenditure $766 million

8 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— THE COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY

he Council is the University’s governing body and is The Council also acts as a forum for the University Tconstituted in accordance with the provisions of the community and other stakeholders with the following University of New South Wales Act 1989, which came principal functions: into effect on 1 July 1990. >Contributing to the development of the University’s mis- The Council consists of 21 members as follows: sion, goals and strategies, including legal and ethical standards > Three official members (Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and performing an ongoing review of these matters. and President of the Academic Board). >Monitoring the progress of the University against >Two Parliamentary members. measurable goals through reports from the Senior >Four Ministerial appointments. Management Group. > Eleven elected representatives of the staff, students > Making a small number of the most critical staff and graduates. appointments and delegating more substantially the > One additional member appointed by the Council. responsibility for making a range of others. The Council is chaired by the Chancellor, who is > Ensuring proper University management systems and elected by the members of Council. During 2003 the accountable delegations are in place with appropriate regu- Chancellor was Dr John Yu AC, who is the sixth holder lar reporting to Council. of the office. >Strengthening the University’s community relations so The Deputy Chancellor is elected by and from the as to ensure that the University is responsive to community members of Council. During 2003 the Deputy Chancellor needs and is itself strongly presented to the outside world. was Ms Catherine Harris, PSM. > Making appropriate provision for final appeal from The positions of both Chancellor and Deputy within the University community on matters of sufficient Chancellor are honorary. substance. The Vice-Chancellor and President and the President > Regularly appraising Council’s own performance. of the Academic Board are members of the Council ex > Ensuring, within the provisions of the University Act, officio. The University’s fifth Vice-Chancellor, Professor Council’s effective renewal through replacement of retiring Wyatt R Hume, took office in July 2002. members and induction of new members.

9 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSITY

AS AT DECEMBER 2003

COU

Vice-Chancellor Professor Wyatt R Hume

DEPUTY VICE- DEPUTY VICE- PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR CHANCELLOR CHANCELLOR (RESEARCH) (RESEARCH) (RESOURCES) Professor Mark Professor Elspeth Dr Alec Cameron Wainwright McLachlan

Faculty of Faculty of Faculty of the Faculty of Faculty of the Medicine Science Built Environment Engineering College of Professor Associate Professor Professor Professor Fine Arts Bruce Dowton Aldo Bagnara Peter Murphy Brendon Parker Professor Dean Acting Dean Dean Dean Ian Howard Dean

SCHOOLS, DEPARTM

10 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

NCIL

ACADEMIC BOARD

DEPUTY PRO-VICE- PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR REGISTRAR AND VICE-CHANCELLOR CHANCELLOR (INSTITUTIONAL DEPUTY PRINCIPAL (INTERNATIONAL (EDUCATION & ADVANCEMENT) Ms Crystal Condous & EDUCATION) QUALITY Ms Jane Bloomfield Professor John Ingleson IMPROVEMENT) Professor Adrian Lee

Faculty of Law Faculty of Faculty of Australian Defence Australian Graduate Professor Commerce and Arts and Social Force Academy School of Management Leon Trakman Economics Sciences University College Professor Dean Professor Professor Professor Robert McLean Greg Whittred Annette Hamilton Robert King Dean and Director Dean Dean Rector

ENTS AND CENTRES

11 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— THE CHANCELLOR’S REPORT

his was the first full year of that it can better meet the Everyone would support the Tservice by the Vice-Chancellor challenges that lie ahead. An concept that tertiary institutions and President, Professor Wyatt R important strategy has been to should be run in an efficient, Hume, and provided the University strengthen our relations with business-like way, so long as we community with an exciting government, the community, also recognise that we are not glimpse of the future directions in industry and our own alumni and commercial enterprises where which he will lead UNSW, based with this in mind a major new success is measured by bottom-line on a solid foundation of a new aca- administrative unit of Institutional profit alone. Indeed it can be a demic vision – a vision very appro- Advancement has been created, led source of much argument when one priately led by him, but created and by Pro-Vice-Chancellor Jane discusses the key indicators of determined by the academic staff of Bloomfield. It is a recognition that success for an individual the University with the strong more resources need to be allocated institution. commitment and support of the to such activity if UNSW is to Universities depend rightly general staff. make good the shortfall in funding on public money through magnan- This year’s income support to by means other than increasing imous and thoughtful government the University from the Australian student fees alone. and for that reason there are times Government fell to 59 per cent Universities face the anomaly when the right thing to do may compared to a peak of 70 per cent of depending largely on Australian be an action that is in Australia’s in 1994. Income from student fees Government funds for their core long-term interest rather than in rose to 20 per cent. For a research- business while their very being is local gain. That harvest may not intensive university, this is not a founded and dependent on State be enjoyed within a fiscal year viable situation if we are to continue Government legislation. Little nor in the term of a government. to push forward the knowledge wonder that the changes in funding UNSW’s many partnerships and frontiers so essential for a country methods proposed by the activities on the international like Australia. But UNSW is Australian Government Minister field fall into such categories realistic about the budget priorities for Education, Science and and must not be sacrificed to of government and recognises the Training have consumed so much meet short-term obsessions with need to seek additional funding of the discussion and thought of costs. The same argument can from other sources. university managers and governing clearly be run when we talk of These factors have led the bodies. It is hard to avoid the term research, let alone the pursuit Vice-Chancellor to restructure the ‘governance’ when scanning UNSW of scholarship in the humanities senior management of UNSW so Council agenda papers. and the arts.

12 But this is not to deny substantial in the Finance and watching over what we do and Council’s responsibilities and Committee, but are also given by how we do it is the Academic accountability to ensure that the members of the UNSW Board which is so ably led by decisions are reached after Foundation Board. Professor Kevin McConkey. appropriate processes have been Dr Penny FitzGerald presides Council, and especially I, lean very observed and then to monitor itself over the Student Affairs heavily on Kevin and he has never and the organisation to ensure that Committee and Professor Jeremy let us down. The management team the prescribed actions are always Davis over the Buildings and of Professor Mark Wainwright, followed. During the year there Grounds Committee, while The Professor John Ingleson, Professor have been several referrals to Honourable Ms Susan Ryan has Adrian Lee and Professor Elspeth monitoring bodies such as the New just taken on the responsibilities of McLachlan support the Vice- South Wales Auditor-General, the the Risk Management Committee. Chancellor in these areas. Independent Commission against Of course in commerce, member- I would conclude by Corruption and the Ombudsman. ship of board subcommittees acknowledging the ongoing assist- Council believes that it and its has its own special rewards, ance of the Australian Government officers have freely and openly but in organisations like UNSW Minister for Education, Science cooperated with those bodies to it means more work, though and Training, The Honourable ensure that nothing has been done we all enjoy the satisfaction Dr Brendan Nelson MP and his that is legally or procedurally of helping to make UNSW a Department, and the New South wrong. When errors or omissions better university. To my fellow Wales Minister for Education have been identified then actions members of Council may I offer and Training, The Honourable have been instigated to correct my appreciation of their support Dr Andrew Refshauge MP and them. These referrals are recorded and hard work. his departmental officers. The elsewhere in this report. This year sees the retirement of patients are not all that well. I I would wish to place on record our Registrar for the last 11 years, hope the good doctors know the my own gratitude to the Council’s Ms Crystal Condous. The Registrar right diagnosis and have the right Audit Committee under the runs the infrastructure of the treatment. They have our good leadership of Mr Brian Suttor University and has primary care of wishes. which has been so diligent in its our students. In thanking Crystal work and which like Council itself for her loyalty and effectiveness we DR JOHN YU AC acts and works in an unpaid acknowledge UNSW’s considerable CHANCELLOR voluntary capacity. debt to her and wish her well in her Mr Peter Mason and the retirement. The Registrar’s position Finance Committee carry an is being changed and many of the especially heavy burden at times duties will be taken over by new such as these, when the solutions to Deputy Vice-Chancellor, Alec some budget problems could lead Cameron, whom we warmly wel- to an unequal burden on some come to the team. students. The commercial skills Universities are about that are freely given to UNSW are scholarship, learning and research

13 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— THE VICE-CHANCELLOR’S REPORT

has been a year of which will have been driven in Support Fund for Women 2003significant discussion large part by the University-wide Researchers; improved paid and planning across the University consultative process. The strategic parental leave; Childcare Review community as we have worked to priorities identified through this and Consultative Committee; consolidate the future direction of process will inform programmatic parking facilities for pregnant UNSW. The University community development, budget priorities, the women and staff with babies; has been involved in a two-staged capital program and fundraising Women’s Promotion Workshop; process of Academic Strategic goals for 2005 and beyond. and expansion of the Career Planning which aims to provide a Gender equity has had a high Development Scheme. clear academic vision for UNSW profile this year, firstly through the The representation of academic that will inform future resource initiatives of the Gender Equity in women at UNSW has increased allocation decisions. Academic Women Project, run by to 30 per cent of academic staff, The Faculties have articulated the Equity and Diversity Unit, and moving from a plateau over the what they wish to become, what secondly as a key strategic goal in previous three years, when it makes them unique and what social the Academic Strategic Planning hovered around 28 per cent. value their enterprise contributes to Process. We have seen a number of Additionally, women’s represent- society. The University’s Adminis- new policy initiatives introduced ation at both Senior Lecturer trative and Support Units – which over 2003: a Career Advancement and Associate Professor levels are central to the implementation Fund for women academics has increased since 2000. Women of the academic vision – have returning from maternity leave; already make up the majority considered what they are currently PhD Completion Scholarships to of general staff. While the doing to add value to UNSW and assist staff who are disadvantaged representation of women in senior what can they do in the future to through family responsibilities, general staff positions is still lower better support our academic aims. disability or cultural background to than that of men, it is improving, And a broadly-based group of buy time from teaching to complete and is higher than the national academic and general staff – the their PhD; use of Special Studies average for senior Higher ‘Across UNSW Group’ – has Leave for PhD completion; Equity Education Worker levels. We can considered institution-wide goals Initiatives Grants to encourage look forward to further quantitative and aspirations. The culmination of Faculties and Schools to develop and qualitative progress across the the process will be the presentation academic gender equity initiatives University as the Gender Equity of a Five-Year Strategic Plan to the in their area; an increase in the Project continues. UNSW was one University Council in May 2004, Vice-Chancellor’s Childcare of five finalists for the national

14 ‘Outstanding EEO Practices for it is by recognising where we can Lynne Bilston (Prince of Wales the Advancement of Women’ award and need to do better, that UNSW Medical Research Institute); and presented by the Australian will augment its many strengths in Dr Emery Schubert and Dr Government’s Equal Opportunity research and teaching. Dorottya Fabian (School of for Women in the Workplace When we look at the quality Music and Music Education). Agency. of any university, it is primarily UNSW also strengthened its links I am very pleased to report that determined by the excellence of its with industry partners, obtaining UNSW had a 40 per cent increase staff and students. UNSW has more than $3M in ARC Linkage in Indigenous student enrolments always done well in attracting and Program funding and an additional in 2003. This is a tribute to the retaining outstanding students from $2M under the Linkage exceptional work of our staff in New South Wales and elsewhere in Infrastructure Equipment and Indigenous programs and Professor our region; 2003 was no exception. Facilities grant scheme (industry Adrian Lee, Pro-Vice-Chancellor UNSW attracted the greatest partners contributed an extra (Education and Quality number of students in the top one $1.6M in matching funds). Improvement). The Aboriginal per cent band of the University Researchers at UNSW were Education Program’s Winter Admissions Index (UAI). In also awarded a total of $24.5M School is one of the initiatives that addition, the University attracted in NHMRC funding. In particular, has been very important in the highest number of students Professors Richard Bryant (School encouraging high school students with a UAI score of 100, with nine of Psychology) and Derrick Silove to come to UNSW. As a result of of the ten students accepting a (School of Psychiatry) received this year’s Winter School, the place at UNSW. $4.7M over five years for their Aboriginal Educational Program As a leading Australian research into post-traumatic mental started a mentoring scheme with research university, UNSW health; Professor Adrian Bauman students from Randwick Boys High contributes through its research to (Professor of Public Health at School. Along with the Indigenous the economic and social fabric of Liverpool Hospital and a leading pre-programs in Law, the Built Australia. The University was able participant in research on Environment and Commerce and to improve its relative performance exercising regularly to improve Economics, a pre-program for compared to the other Group of health) received $4.4M; and nearly Social Work will run for the first Eight universities in the Australian $7M was awarded to a third project time in 2004. The initiatives of the Research Council (ARC) and led by Nobel Laureate Professor Aboriginal Education Program are National Health and Medical Peter Doherty of the University of clearly working in increasing Research Council (NHMRC) Melbourne, with Professor David enrolment of Indigenous students, from the 2003 to 2004 round of Cooper (National Centre in HIV but we need to ensure we keep funding, making this a highly Epidemiology and Clinical Re- strengthening these undergraduate productive year for researchers search) as second chief investigator. programs, as well as looking closely at UNSW. It was pleasing to see that at how to encourage more In 2003, the University has many of the University’s out- Indigenous postgraduate students. continued to be successful in standing researchers were recipients The University maintained securing both international grant of major awards in 2003. Professor steady progress over the course of funding (receiving $17.5M) and in Jeffrey Shaw (College of Fine 2003. Measured against the broad national competitive grants, Arts) was awarded one of the indicators of success, we have much particularly through the ARC 24 Australian Government’s to be proud of. While acknow- Discovery Projects Scheme prestigious Federation Fellowships ledging and enjoying these ($19.5M). It is noteworthy that in recognition of his work in achievements, we must also more than half a million dollars interactive digital cinema and recognise those areas of activity was awarded to three groups of Professor Michelle Simmons where we are not performing as researchers – led by Professor Peter (Centre for Excellence in Quantum well as we might wish. It is rare for Saunders (Social Policy Research Computer Technology) was an organisation to have a year in Centre), also an ARC Fellowship acknowledged for her research which there are only positives. And recipient; Associate Professor into atomic-scale devices in silicon.

15 Professor Caroline Finch (Director, Government funding. We must prospects and career pathways Injury Risk Management Research continue to build an endowment for women academic staff. I am Centre) and Associate Professor in support of UNSW and its committed to HR continuing to Lynne Bilston (Prince of Wales programs. To that end I created the explore mechanisms to address Medical Research Institute) were position of Pro-Vice-Chancellor gender equity issues for academic awarded NHMRC Fellowships in (Institutional Advancement). This and senior staff at UNSW through 2003. represents a significant investment forums such as the Gender Equity The National Stem Cell Centre by the University to enhance its Working Group. was established in 2003, with alumni relations and build its To further deliver on the funding of $43.55M through the endowment base. University’s objective of attracting Department of Industry, Tourism A major initiative undertaken high calibre academic and senior and Resources and the ARC. by Human Resources (HR) in 2003 staff to UNSW, a review and UNSW is a stakeholder participant was the negotiation of the fourth restructure of the recruitment along with Monash University, round of enterprise bargaining, function was undertaken to University of Adelaide, University culminating in the certification of improve effective and professional of Queensland, the Howard Florey the UNSW (Academic Staff) delivery of recruitment services to Institute, the Peter McCallum Enterprise Agreement 2003 and UNSW Faculties and Divisions. Cancer Institute and the Victor the UNSW (General Staff) To facilitate a more strategic Chang Cardiac Research Institute. Enterprise Agreement 2003. The approach in HR operations, I The Centre is also developing agreements provide for salary endorsed a change to the reporting commercial partnerships. increases of two per cent each June lines of the Risk Management The Office of Research and November in 2003, 2004 and Unit into HR to better align the Training developed new student 2005. In addition, general staff occupational, health and safety resources and strengthened its links received a one-off gross payment of (OHS), workers’ compensation and with Faculties in 2003, in line with $1,500 and academic staff received insurance functions in the the University’s aim to provide a an annual $3,000 gross loading. University structure, to ensure that quality research training experience To attract and retain high the University continues to meet for its students, with further quality academic staff at UNSW, a its OHS compliance obligations. initiatives to be implemented in range of strategies was implemented To assist the University’s 2004. in the new enterprise agreements academic planning process and to UNSW remains in a sound such as the $3,000 annual academic better understand our current and financial position despite the cont- loading and a commitment to the future workforce needs, HR inuing financial pressures created fair distribution of academic produced a comprehensive 2003 by severely limited Australian workloads. The formal recognition UNSW Workforce Profile Report, Government funding for teaching of the Workplace Planning and which details a range of staffing and research. Adjustments were Career Development Scheme and statistics and trends. made to the 2004 budget in the introduction of broadbanding Over the past year there was expectation of the impact of the for general staff highlight the a significant restructure to the new funding regime that will come University’s commitment to the portfolios of the Senior Manage- into place beginning in 2005. involvement of staff in the ment Group of the University to Significantly, the University workplace planning process and the include: Deputy Vice-Chancellor decided to retain the option of provision of career development (Research); Deputy Vice- domestic full-fee-paying students, opportunities for all staff. Chancellor (Academic); Deputy supporting the view that the In addition, HR introduced a Vice-Chancellor (International); additional income delivers a degree range of innovative workplace Deputy Vice-Chancellor of flexibility that cannot be easily practices and flexible remuneration (Resources); Pro-Vice-Chancellor replaced by other income. options, including further salary (Education and Quality However, UNSW, like many sacrifice options and family- Improvement); Pro-Vice- other universities, is severely friendly policies and initiatives Chancellor (Research); Pro-Vice- constrained by limited Australian designed to enhance the career Chancellor (Institutional

16 Advancement); and President, breadth and depth of expertise and colleagues at the Faculty of Academic Board. experience in our Senior Manage- Medicine for achieving this very In August, Ms Jane Bloomfield ment Group. They will be vital in impressive outcome for their new was appointed as Pro-Vice- ensuring that UNSW advances its medical course. Chancellor (Institutional many strengths in teaching and Through the engagement Advancement) and CEO UNSW research, as well as developing new with, and investment in, the Foundation. This signals an im- initiatives through diverse Academic Strategic Planning portant change for the University collaborations in Australia and Process by the UNSW community, in terms of the development of internationally. we are forging a clear academic alumni relations, university UNSW’s long-standing vision for our institution. We communications and philanthropic relationship with Defence has been have succeeded through broad support from alumni, friends and strengthened through the signing consultation, dialogue and deep organisations. Ms Bloomfield has of a 10-year, $350M agreement thought, to identify our scholarly been charged with recommending between the Department of strengths and emerging research and implementing an advancement Defence and the University of New strengths – and highlighted areas strategy and infrastructure support South Wales for the provision of where hard decisions must be systems that build directly on the educational and support services at made. Academic Strategic Planning the Australian Defence Force The key to advancing Process that is now in progress Academy (ADFA). The new UNSW’s great value to our – a strategy that will engage all ADFA agreement was signed by community, to Australia and to UNSW stakeholders in assuring the Minister of Defence and myself our region, through our strengths UNSW’s strength now and in (on behalf of UNSW) prior to the in teaching, research and service, the future. ADFA graduation parade on 11 lies in developing those unique Dr Alec Cameron took December 2003. Professor Robert opportunities identified in our up his position as Deputy Vice- King, Rector of University College, academic vision. UNSW can Chancellor (Resources) in ADFA, deserves particular build on its already fine reputation September. He is responsible for recognition for his tireless and through differentiation of our driving the strategic direction and skilled work in helping us to reach institution with specific and overall performance of resources this landmark agreement. distinguished international research and infrastructure. His portfolio In May, the Australian Medical collaborations. We are well on the includes finance, information Council (AMC) assessed the way, and our challenge is to keep technology, capital works and Faculty of Medicine’s new integrat- refining and defining UNSW’s facilities. ed medical course, planned for distinctive abilities, strengths and The portfolio of Deputy introduction in 2004. The AMC expertise. By demonstrating the Vice-Chancellor (Academic) is then advised that it had granted the value of what we do to prospective responsible for the key academic Bachelor of Medicine Bachelor of students and staff, to our alumni, functions of the University, Surgery of the Faculty of Medicine and to industry, business and including academic planning, at UNSW accreditation until two government, both here and student administration and student years after the full course is regionally, they will join us in services. At the time of this report, implemented, that is until investing in our future. the appointee has not been 31 December 2011, subject to announced. a small review visit in January

With this restructure I believe 2005. I would like to congratulate PROFESSOR WYATT R HUME that UNSW has an immense Dean Bruce Dowton and his VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT

17 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

PART TWO

19 _ RESEARCH

22 _ RESEARCH CENTRES

24 _ INTERNATIONAL

26 _ ACADEMIC AND TEACHING DEVELOPMENTS

27 _ SIGNIFICANT COMMITTEES ESTABLISHED

28 _ LEARNING AND TEACHING

33 _ FACULTY NOTES

46 _ COMMUNITY OUTREACH

50 _ INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

51 _ PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND DEVELOPMENT

53 _ UNSW ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

55 _ UNSW FOUNDATION

57 _ MAJOR BENEFACTORS THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— RESEARCH

he achievement of excellence HIV/AIDS research, quantum Dr Emery Schubert and Dr Dorottya Tin research is one of three core computing, photovoltaics and solar Fabian in the School of Music and components of the University’s energy, polymer and membrane Music Education. mission. UNSW is committed to science, nanomaterials, brain More than $3M in funding was excellence in fundamental research, sciences, vascular biology, oncology, awarded under the ARC’s Linkage as well as to the application of artificial intelligence, systems Program, which funds collaborative research methodology to the devel- engineering, software engineering, projects between universities and opment of innovative technologies. environmental modelling, modern industry partners. The grants were As one of Australia’s ‘Group of mathematical analysis, numerical awarded for research at UNSW in Eight’ research-intensive universi- analysis, mass spectrometry, a wide range of areas including engin- ties, UNSW is also committed to proteomics, genomics and tissue eering, communications, business, excellence in research training and engineering. The University has biochemistry and biomedicine, seeks to provide a quality research continued to perform well in inter- multimedia, public health, chemistry training experience for its students. national grant funding in 2003 with and ecology, with the highest levels of The University maintains its $17.5M awarded to UNSW, out funding awarded in the fields of relevance in research by closely of a total income of $114.7M. environmental engineering and involving itself with industry and The University’s achievements in communications technology. Almost business and has built on these obtaining nationally competitive two million dollars was also awarded strengths by developing worldwide grants were also notable with $19.5M under the Linkage Infrastructure cooperative arrangements and awarded through the Australian Equipment and Facilities grant interaction with industry partners Research Council’s (ARC) Discovery scheme (with an additional $1.6M in through its extensive local and Projects Scheme (which funds matching funding contributed by international research networks. innovative research) across a range of industry partners). Research is undertaken in and across disciplines. This included awards of Researchers at UNSW were also all Faculties and Schools and also in more than half a million dollars to successful in gaining funding from dedicated research centres, established three groups of researchers, led by the National Health and Medical both through externally-funded Professor Peter Saunders of the Social Research Council (NHMRC), with a organisations and from internally- Policy Research Centre (also the total of $24.5M awarded, including allocated strategic resources. recipient of a prestigious ARC nearly $17M allocated to three UNSW has internationally Fellowship); Associate Professor programs. The team led by Professors competitive existing and emerging Lynne Bilston from the Prince of Richard Bryant (School of research strengths which include Wales Medical Research Institute and Psychology) and Derrick Silove

19 (School of Psychiatry), received world-renowned research into atomic Award for 2003 from the Association funding of $4.7M over five years to scale devices in silicon. for the Study of Animal Behaviour, undertake research into post- Two of the NHMRC Fellow- based in the UK. traumatic mental health; some $4.4M ships announced in 2003 were also UNSW established the special was awarded to a project asking ‘How awarded to UNSW researchers: category of Scientia Professor in can people be helped to exercise Professor Caroline Finch (Director 1997 to recognise outstanding regularly so as to improve their of the Injury Risk Management research performance and inter- health?’ in which UNSW’s Professor Research Centre) was appointed national eminence in research. In Adrian Bauman (Professor of Public a Principal Research Fellow, and 2003 eight leading UNSW academics Health based at Liverpool Hospital) Associate Professor Lynne Bilston were honoured with the title of is a leading participant; and a third (Prince of Wales Medical Research Scientia Professor: Professor Gavin project, ‘Understanding HIV Institute) was appointed a Senior Andrews (School of Psychiatry); infection and the development of Research Fellow. Professor Conal Condren (School of new vaccines’, led by Nobel laureate Many of the University’s other Politics and International Relations); Professor Peter Doherty (Melbourne outstanding researchers were Professor Tom Davis (School of University), with Professor David recipients of major awards in 2003. Chemical Engineering and Industrial Cooper of the National Centre in Associate Professor Levon Chemistry); Professor Victor HIV Epidemiology and Clinical Khachigian (UNSW Centre for Flambaum (School of Physics); Research as second chief investigator, Vascular Research) was awarded the Professor Barbara Gillam (School of was awarded nearly $7M. Australian Government Health Psychology); Professor Staffan The University’s relative Minister’s Award for Excellence in Kjelleberg (School of Biotechnology performance compared to its peer Health and Medical Research, the and Biomolecular Sciences); universities from the Group of Eight Quantum Scientific Australian Life Professor Peter Swan (School of improved in the ARC and NHMRC Science Research Award and the Banking and Finance); and Professor from the 2003 to 2004 funding New South Wales Eureka Prize for Stuart Wenham (Centre for round. UNSW also continued its Scientific Research. Emeritus Photovoltaic Engineering). success in the Fulbright Fellowship Scientia Professor Mark Rowe In 2002, the University initiated scheme, gaining two Senior Scholar (School of Medical Sciences and a review of its processes of evaluation incoming awards and one outgoing conjoint chair in Psychology) became and approval for ethical issues in postgraduate scholarship. the first medical scientist to win the Human Research and established a Two of the Australian Australasian Science Prize. Scientia panel of internal and external experts. Government’s prestigious Federation Professor Martin Green (Director of After detailed consideration of Fellowships were awarded to UNSW the Centre for Third Generation written and other materials and after researchers in 2003 (from 24 awarded Photovoltaics and a Federation hearing a range of verbal information nationally). Professor Jeffrey Shaw Fellow) was awarded the 2003 Karl and advice, the Review Panel (formerly a researcher at the ZKM Böer Solar Energy Medal of Merit. presented its recommendations to the Institute for Visual Media in Professor Hans Coster from the Vice-Chancellor in September 2003. Germany and, since 2000, Visiting School of Physics was awarded the The recommendations, once Professor and Codirector of the inaugural Sir Rutherford Robertson implemented, will bring UNSW into Centre for Interactive Cinema Medal for Biophysics; and Professor line with international best practice Research at UNSW’s College of Fine Colin Chesterman (Director of in research ethics review processes. Arts) was recognised for his Haematology at the Prince of Wales Recommendations covered groundbreaking work in the field of Hospital and conjoint Professor of aspects of committee membership, interactive digital cinema; and Pathology and Medicine at UNSW) structure and training, electronic Professor Michelle Simmons won the 2003 Ramaciotti Medal for systems support, preparation of (Program Manager for Atomic Excellence in Biomedical Research. applications and the complexity of Fabrication and Crystal Growth at A young researcher in the School of multicentre clinical trials approval. the University’s ARC Centre of Biological, Earth and Environmental The Review Panel commended Excellence in Quantum Computer Sciences, Dr Rob Brooks, won the UNSW for the recent establishment Technology), who is undertaking Outstanding New Researcher’s of Human Research Ethics Approval

20 Panels (HREAPs) and recommended Code of Conduct; Joint AVCC/ at the University. In 2003, under the that the University continue the NHMRC Statement and Guidelines management of the Deputy Vice- process of balancing workloads, on Research Practice; UNSW Code Chancellor (Research), the Office has creating consistent processes and of Conduct for the Responsible expanded its efforts by working sharing experiences. Practice of Research (revision in closely with Faculties and other In 2003, UNSW responded to progress); Guidelines for Post- service providers at the University on the Office of the New South Wales graduate Research (for review in new projects. Ombudsman’s recommendations 2004); Intellectual Property Policy New student resources were regarding the attribution of research (revision in progress); UNSW- developed by ORT in 2003 work performed by students and NTEU Enterprise Bargaining including: websites designed to related matters. Development and/or Agreement (EBA); Rules on Student provide essential and easily accessible review of policies on the attribution Misconduct; Policy for making a information to future and current of prior work in research have been complaint or reporting incidents research students; comprehensive undertaken in relation to authorship of criminal, corrupt conduct or and targeted information for and appropriate citation of previously maladministration or Protected prospective and new research published work. The issues of Disclosure at UNSW; Procedures candidates; and a skills development authorship and plagiarism are for the Resolution of Student wall planner (for distribution in dealt with at UNSW through the Grievances or Disputes outlined 2004). In addition, ORT conducted following mechanisms: Code of in the UNSW Guidelines for extensive consultations with a range Conduct; Joint AVCC/NHMRC Postgraduate Research; Staff of key stakeholders across the Statement and Guidelines on Grievance Policy and Procedures. University to produce a new Research Practice; UNSW Code of UNSW has also responded with standardised progress review form Conduct for the Responsible Practice a broad focus regarding development which should become mandatory of Research (revision in progress); and/or review of policies on record- across all Faculties in 2004. ORT Guidelines for Postgraduate keeping. The Joint AVCC/NHMRC also assisted in the development of Research; Intellectual Property Policy Statement and Guidelines on guidelines for the role of the (revision in progress); UNSW- Research Practice and draft UNSW Postgraduate Research Coordinator NTEU Enterprise Bargaining Code of Conduct for the Responsible to ensure a clear understanding of Agreement (EBA). The Code of Practice of Research outline UNSW the requirements of this critical Conduct and the Joint AVCC/ Policy concerning data and storage position. ORT has also been active NHMRC Statement and Guidelines protection. The Corporate Records in the development of a new on Research Practice are published and Information Management professional and academic skills on the UNSW website as UNSW (CRIM) Project at UNSW is program for research students which policies. The Code of Conduct for considering the adoption and will begin implementation in 2004. the Responsible Practice of Research implementation of a corporate The lack of a centralised research will also be posted on the website records management tool for and research student management once revisions have been completed. managing all records through the system has limited the University’s A revision to the Guidelines for University. There will be design and ability to provide detailed and easily Postgraduate Research is also implementation of record-keeping accessible data on its performance in planned for 2004, and will be training programs for staff subject to research and research training. The promulgated widely when completed. the CRIM project outcomes. Research Office and the ORT are Also in development and/or UNSW aims to provide a strong collaborating closely with the review are policies to prevent research management and support University’s Division of Information improper or inequitable use of infrastructure to help provide a Services to develop a new and inte- academic work. The UNSW policies quality research training experience grated IT system to better manage and guidelines intended to protect for its students. In 2002, the Office research data across the institution. the interests of students and staff in of Research Training (ORT) was A detailed report on the Uni- relation to research output and to established to provide a centralised versity’s participation in Research manage grievances arising include: support service for research students Centres follows.

21 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— RESEARCH CENTRES

t UNSW in 2003, there proved a valuable prerequisite for whether various milestones have Awere one National Centre of major external recognition by the been achieved. The Communicat- Excellence and two Australian award of ARC Centres of ions Law Centre was previously Research Council (ARC) Centres Excellence and CRCs. incorporated, but has now been of Excellence, four NHMRC UNSW establishes Research recommended as a UNSW Programs, three major Australian Centres to encourage research, Research Centre until June 2005. Government-funded Centres and research training and/or community The Aboriginal Research and 46 UNSW Research Centres. service in areas not readily covered Resource Centre has been UNSW is affiliated with four major by the programs within individual established as a Program Centre medical research institutes, the Schools. These Centres attract (under the portfolio of the Pro- Children’s Cancer Institute of grant funding and contract research Vice-Chancellor (Education)), Australia, the Prince of Wales from government, industry and being a combination of the Medical Research Institute, the community organisations and activities previously conducted Garvan Institute of Medical deliver multidisciplinary programs under the Aboriginal Education Research and the Victor Chang of value for advancement of know- Program and the Aboriginal Cardiac Research Institute. The ledge, commercialisation of tech- Research and Resource Centre. University was also a core partici- nology and development of policy Several new proposals for multi- pant in 13 Cooperative Research at state, national and international disciplinary centres are being Centres (CRCs) and in two new levels. prepared. CRCs announced during the year. The ongoing process of review- Several UNSW Research Research Centres bring ing UNSW Research Centres con- Centres were closed with significant together cognate groups of tinued in 2003. The review process budget deficits as a result of poor academics, researchers and students involves both an academic review management control. After review across the boundaries of Schools of the Centre’s activities and future of one Centre, the Internal Audit and Faculties, sometimes including business plan and a financial review Office expressed concern about the external research institutions, to by the Internal Audit Office. way in which over-expenditure had collaborate, particularly in multi- Two Centres were recommended led to an accumulated debt after disciplinary research. The develop- for continuation and nine UNSW several years. As a result, the ment of critical mass and the Centres were closed or disestab- Guidelines for Research Centres pooling of resources and expertise lished. Of other continuing were revised in July 2003 to clarify are essential in many areas of Centres, some will be reviewed the nature of the Management science and technology and have again in two years to determine Committee’s roles and

22 responsibilities. The new Guidelines HIV Epidemiology Clinical Advanced Capital Markets specify the involvement of the Dean Research, the National Centre in >CRC for Smart Internet of a ‘host’ Faculty (or nominee) as HIV Social Research and the Technology. Chair of the Management National Drug and Alcohol >CRC for Eye Research and Committee, which must meet at Research Centre. The New South Technology. least three times a year to review and Wales State Government renewed approve the financial reports. Centre its core funding for the New South The CRC round in 2002 resulted in accounts will be monitored every Wales Injury Risk Management renewal of the following CRCs for a quarter by the Pro-Vice-Chancellor Research Centre. further seven years: (Research) and Centre staff will be > APCRC as the CRC for trained in financial reporting UNSW was a core participant in the Greenhouse Gas Technology requirements by a Client Services following CRCs during 2003: (CO2CRC) Accountant of Financial Services >Australian Centre for Renewable >CRC for Waste Management as Department. Conditions for the Energy the CRC for Environmental review of each Centre every five >Australian Petroleum CRC Biotechnology years are included in the Guidelines. (APRC) >CRC for Sustainable Tourism In addition to the UNSW >Australian Photonics CRC >CRC for Advanced Composite Research Centres, UNSW was the >CRC for Advanced Composite Structures home of major Australian Structures >Vision CRC (with UNSW as a Government funded Centres in >CRC for Coal in Sustainable Supporting Participant). 2003. These include the National Development Information and Communication >CRC for Intelligent Two new CRCs were established: Technology Centre, and ARC Manufacturing Systems and >CRC for Spatial Information Centres of Excellence in Quantum Technologies > Bushfire CRC. Computer Technology and >CRC for Polymers Advanced Silicon Photovoltaics and >CRC for Sustainable Tourism As previously, there were Photonics. NHMRC Programs >CRC for Waste Management protracted negotiations in the included Atherosclerosis, and Pollution Control development of the Centre Experimental Neurology, >CRC for Water Quality and Agreements for the new CRCs and Depressive Disorders, Vascular Treatment these were finalised only in the last Biology, the National Centre in >CRC for Technology Enabled few weeks of the year.

23 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— INTERNATIONAL

is strongly representing approximately 16 per >Southeast Asia: Singapore, UNSWcommitted to cent of the 2003 international cohort, Indonesia, Malaysia, Thailand, all aspects of internationlisation. It were drawn from Europe and the Vietnam, Bangladesh, Cambodia welcomes students from abroad and Americas and an increasing number >North Asia: China, Hong Kong, encourages its Australian students to of students were enrolling in Taiwan, South Korea develop cultural understanding and postgraduate research programs. >South Asia: India, Pakistan and an international perspective, both by One of the highlights of the year Sri Lanka, interaction on campus with interna- was that the Federal Minister for > Europe: Norway, Sweden, tional students and by encouraging Trade, the Hon Mark Vaile, asked France, Germany, England and them to participate in international the Deputy Vice-Chancellor Spain exchange programs. UNSW (International and Education) and >Americas: USA, Canada, Brazil International continues to work in Executive Director UNSW and Colombia. partnership with Faculties and International to participate in a trade UNSW continued to provide NewSouth Global to position the mission to India in February to leadership and expertise to Nanyang University as a leading destination advance education collaboration Polytechnic, Singapore, with respect for international students, renowned between Australia and India. to the establishment of a new for its high quality teaching, research Another outstanding development School of Life Sciences there, in and student support. was the launch in May 2003 of the collaboration with the Economic With respect to on-campus UNSW-Vietnam Doctoral Development Board of Singapore, enrolments, UNSW is one of the Scholarship Scheme in Hanoi, in and will assist Temasek Polytechnic, leading recipient universities in the partnership with the Ministry of Singapore, with strategic develop- world. In 2003, more than 8,900 Education and Training and the ments in the School of Design. international students were enrolled Vietnam National University in The Golden Jubilee Scholarship at UNSW, including 3,491 who Hanoi. Program provides full tuition were studying for higher degrees. The Across UNSW Group scholarships for the top diplomates The total full-degree international considering strategic directions for from four polytechnics in Singapore enrolments maintained parity with UNSW highlighted the international and five institutes and/or colleges in 2002. The students were from 130 orientation of UNSW as a major Malaysia. In 2003, 26 students countries, with 55 per cent of the distinguishing and differentiating enrolled at UNSW with full tuition cohort drawn from China, Hong feature. UNSW now undertakes funding provided by the Golden Kong, Singapore and Indonesia. It is international student recruitment in Jubilee Scholarship program. Since pleasing to note that a good share, more than 20 countries including: its inception in 1999, UNSW has

24 committed approximately $4.78M Participation in regular support countries. In 2003, there were 122 to the students involved in the programs for international students Practicum students from overseas Golden Jubilee Scholarship Scheme, increased during the year, especially universities assisting with UNSW and 132 students cumulatively with Airport Reception, Temporary research projects for periods of three have enrolled at UNSW under this Accommodation, Housing Assistance, to 12 months, in return for prestigious scholarship scheme. Orientation and Returning Home professional supervision and skills The scheme continues to expand seminars. International students were enhancement. UNSW also continued with the addition of Taylor’s College encouraged to volunteer in a variety to support the AusAID-sponsored in Malaysia and graduates of of community development programs Australian Youth Ambassadors for Republic Polytechnic in Singapore to broaden their Australian experi- Development program, which now eligible to apply for Golden ence. Two Valedictory Receptions involved a three to six months Jubilee scholarships. were held to farewell students who attachment on an aid project in a From May 2002, when statistics completed their degrees in 2003, but developing country. began to be gathered, UNSW who would not be able to attend UNSW now has in excess of 130 conducted 3065 overseas visits by graduation ceremonies in Kensington agreements with institutions in 23 employees and officers for research, or overseas. countries around the world to academic and promotional purposes. During the year, 265 students facilitate cooperation in one or more Travel costs are reported in the went on exchange for one or two areas of student exchange, staff ‘Expenses by Function’ section of the sessions at partner universities in exchange or research collaboration. Financial Reports. The International North America, Europe, Asia and UNSW continues as an active Office has five staff who travelled South America. The University member of the Universitas 21 overseas on a total of 31 occasions Alumni Association and other consortium of key international in 2003, for events associated with sponsors provided almost $179,800 research-intensive universities. international student recruitment, in financial assistance to selected Activities during 2003 included the along with representatives of each exchange students. There were 326 exchange of a large group of students of the Faculties. Also, 108 academic students from overseas partner uni- between partner universities in Asia, staff travelled overseas for research as versities who spent one or two Europe and North America and a part of the Special Studies Program. sessions at UNSW during the same series of high-level meetings between The University again conducted period. The AGSM also ran an groups of deans and other academics graduation ceremonies in Kuala active exchange program with 42 in various disciplines. Lumpur, Hong Kong, Bangkok, UNSW students studying at prestig- The opinions of international Singapore, Taipei, Seoul, Shanghai ious business schools overseas, and students on the quality of their and Beijing. 53 students coming for a term to experience at UNSW have been UNSW continued to be one of AGSM. actively canvassed through meetings the major providers of education and Final year medical students also and surveys throughout the year. As training for the Australian Agency for participated in upwards of 210 a result, improvements to handling International Development (AusAID), clinical placements in more than 40 student inquiries and applications in enrolling 117 new Australian De- countries and the Faculty arranged a technologically sophisticated way velopment Scholarship students from clinical clerkships in New South are to be given a higher priority by a wide range of countries in our Wales hospitals and other health the University. Other improvements region, out of a total of 244 AusAID- facilities for in excess of 200 visiting to the experience of students are also sponsored students at UNSW. students from more than 20 foreshadowed.

25 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— ACADEMIC AND TEACHING DEVELOPMENTS

s the principal academic body The Academic Board approved The Academic Board approved Aof the University, the a Statement on Graduate Attributes Guidelines for UNSW Centres, Academic Board strives to be at the to provide students with an which had been refined to include centre of providing academic policy environment that fosters skills and program centres, to underscore and advice to Council and the abilities to enhance their learning that the University establishes Vice-Chancellor, to be proactive experience, and gave Faculties the centres to encourage research, and effective in contributing to responsibility for expressing these teaching and/or community academic policy and its implemen- Graduate Attributes in the context service, with a key criterion tation, and to be independent and of the professional area, discipline that centres add value to the balanced in its membership and and program level, and for their University’s research and/or deliberations. explicit development and education mission. The Academic Board processed assessment within the curricula. Other policy matters pro- new and revised program proposals Following substantial discussion gressed by the Academic Board and provided advice to Council and and consultation, the Academic include: the affirmation of the Vice-Chancellor on a range of Board approved Guidelines on previous resolutions to maintain academic and teaching matters, as Learning that Inform Teaching at the admission of a limited number well as discussing and advancing UNSW to be used as a non- of local fee-paying undergraduate significant policy in 2003. No prescriptive instrument in effective students; recognition of the major problems or issues arose teaching and learning approaches University of Adelaide Foundation during the year that affected the and priorities, and to be included as Studies Program as a pathway achievement of operational part of staff development activities. for entrance to UNSW under- objectives. To provide guidance on the role graduate programs; endorsing the The Academic Board recom- of postgraduate research establishment of a Program mended to Council the Policy on coordinators, the Academic Board Centre for Indigenous Support Applicants Residing in Australia approved the Guidelines for the and Aboriginal Studies; and the under Temporary Protection Visas Generic Roles and Responsibilities restructure and renaming of the (TPVs), to provide support and for the School Postgraduate Centre for Thrombosis and assistance through the establish- Research Coordinator and Vascular Research as the Centre ment of five funded places each Guidelines for Generic for Vascular Research. year for TPV holders for entry to Administrative Support The Academic Board received an undergraduate or postgraduate Requirements for Postgraduate and discussed reports on: ‘Academic program based on academic merit. Research Coordination. Integrity – Policy on Dealing with

26 Plagiarism’ and endorsed the Improve the Student Experience SIGNIFICANT COMMITTEES acquisition of a University-wide Project, English Language ESTABLISHED plagiarism detection tool; Support, Policy on Library Services The Academic Board approved the ‘Developments in Scholarly for Off Campus Users, and the establishment of the Australia and Information’; ‘Quality in International Strategies Review. New Zealand School of Government Postgraduate Coursework The Committee on Research was (ANZSOG) Joint Committee with Infrastructure and Support’; and asked to consider the commercial- the Academic Board of the University ‘Teaching and Learning Space on isation of intellectual property and of Sydney, to manage and provide UNSW Kensington campus’. the 2020 targets set by the ARC quality assurance for the Executive The Academic Board endorsed for research in Australia, and the Master of Public Administration. and supported other initiatives and Committee on Education was Following the 2002 review of the developments through its Standing asked to consider issues relating Academic Board and its Standing Com- Committees, including the Vice- to the engagement of students mittees, the Academic Board operated Chancellor’s Academic Strategic and an increased emphasis on under the revised structure during Planning process, the Peer standards in quality assurance. 2003, and through a reporting process, Mentoring Program continued to monitor the performance Implementation Guide, the of itself and its Standing Committees.

27 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— LEARNING AND TEACHING

ajor objectives of the Division ited the number and scope of activi- Response from participants of Mof the Pro-Vice-Chancellor ties that could be pursued. A success- workshops and programs has been (Education and Quality Improvement) ful submission for the ongoing fund- extremely positive. For example, have been to improve the educational ing of the Learning and Teaching overwhelmingly positive evaluations experience and outcomes for students Unit from 2004 will provide greater of the First Year workshops have at UNSW, to develop and monitor stability in staffing and the opportu- reinforced the effectiveness of the processes for improving learning and nity for more effective long-term program as a model to assist academ- teaching, and to progress the planning of priorities. ics and support staff in their role as University’s educational strategies and Staff accommodation and educators. All the activities and proj- use of technology in learning and student space are significant issues ects described below have incorporat- teaching. With the acquisition in for effective learning and teaching ed mechanisms for continual feed- 2003 of senior leadership responsibil- and affect the achievement of back and improvement. Projects are ity for quality improvement at operational objectives. Currently, designed to allow the involvement of UNSW, a further major Divisional several of the Division’s units are an increasing number of UNSW staff objective was introduced – to create a housed peripherally and in and the development of learning quality system of international best conditions that are not optimal. Over communities. practice within four years. time, appropriate relocation of these Following an internal review of No major problems arose for the units is vital. Additionally, all First all aspects of Indigenous education at Division during 2003, although there Year Experience surveys show that UNSW, a major recommendation were factors that affected the the students feel alienated from the suggested an alternative model in achievement of operational objec- teaching staff – clearly, students want which “all Aboriginal programs are tives. In 2001, Strategic Priority to meet with their lecturers and other brought under the administration of Funding over three years was suc- students and there is a need to accept a single Aboriginal Learning cessfully sought for initiatives that the importance of interaction on Employment and Community facilitated the achievement of key campus, with a possible freeing up of Centre. This single unit would be planning goals in staff time for more student/student and managed by an Aboriginal person development/training, support for student/staff interaction. This has who would encourage cooperation, first year teaching and increasing implications on the physical be an essential linchpin with the research student numbers and com- environment at UNSW, including community, promote all the relevant pletions. While this seed funding was postgraduate space and particularly programs and be involved in major critical, the quantum of funds and recreational and work space, that Aboriginal decision making”. A suc- restrictions on their expenditure lim- have not been addressed. cessful submission for appropriate

28 funding and academic approval will op Program aims to attract, select, Aboriginal Support and Aboriginal see the establishment of the educate and develop outstanding stu- Studies Program Centre, which will Aboriginal Support and Aboriginal dents with leadership potential; to incorporate the functions of the Studies Program Centre from involve industry in the development AEP, the Aboriginal Research and January 2004. of a pool of exceptional graduates Resource Centre and the Indigenous from which they can recruit their Employment Strategy. IMPROVING THE EDUCATIONAL best staff; and to provide an increased During 2003, 141 identified EXPERIENCE FOR STUDENTS level of interaction between the Indigenous Australians studied at LEARNING AND TEACHING UNIT (LTU) University and the community at the University in a wide range of The LTU engages directly with large. The scholarship stipend is disciplines. There were 26 Indigen- academic and non-academic staff in $12,500 pa, reflecting more than ous Australian students in the the development and support of their $5.8M support from industry spon- Faculty of Law; 12 in the Faculty learning and teaching practice. A sors in 2003. of Medicine; 28 in the Faculty of key strategy underlying this approach In 2003, the Program offered Arts and Social Sciences; 15 in the is the building of communities of 108 new Co-op Scholarships – 67 to College of Fine Arts; 13 in the practice in learning and teaching to the Faculty of Commerce and Faculty of Science; five in the Faculty sustain continual engagement in, and Economics, four to the Faculty of of Commerce and Economics; improvement of, the student Science and 37 to the Faculty of 27 in the Australian Defence Force experience. The LTU responds Engineering. This included 15 new Academy; four in the Faculty of the directly to the UNSW community sponsors. The program in Marketing Built Environment; one in the by developing activities around issues was reintroduced in 2003 and Institute of Environmental Studies; in learning and teaching identified by commenced with three sponsorships. three in the Faculty of Engineering; staff. See also LTU activities under There are 469 Co-op scholars in five in Taxation and four in the Processes for Improving Learning and total across the four to five years of University Preparatory Program. Teaching p. 30. the degree programs – 262 in There has been continuing Commerce and Economics, 26 in success for the Indigenous Prep- THE LEARNING CENTRE Science and 181 in Engineering. aratory Programs in Law, Medicine The Learning Centre offers More than 48 per cent of the final and the Built Environment and the academic skills support to under- year scholars accepted positions with inaugural Commerce and Economics graduate and postgraduate students sponsors and three UNSW Co-op Preparatory Program, with an Indig- enrolled at UNSW. Assistance in Program scholars won University enous Pre-Social Work Preparatory academic language, learning and Medals. Program to commence in January communication skills is provided 2004. through generic workshops, Faculty ABORIGINAL EDUCATION PROGRAM (AEP) The AEP also recognises the or discipline-based programs, via The AEP enjoyed a very successful important role of education at an individual consultations and through year in 2003, experiencing a 40 per early age to ensure that Indigenous student self-access resources on the cent increase in the number of Australians are able to achieve their Centre’s website www.lc.unsw.edu.au. Indigenous students enrolled at full potential and is involved in During 2003, there were 1,256 UNSW. There was also an increase activities to encourage young student attendances at Learning in interest from potential students Indigenous Australians to remain at Centre workshops and 791 student from Indigenous communities school and to work towards higher consultations took place with around Australia. AEP has under- education. The AEP is committed to advisors in the Learning Centre. taken outreach programs targeting assisting young Indigenous UNSW CO-OP PROGRAM high school students, including Australians in gaining access to all The UNSW Co-op Program is an Indigenous winter and summer the opportunities available to them industry-linked scholarship program schools and high school mentoring and does this through scholarships for undergraduates offered in a range programs. and awards to local primary and high of programs in the Faculties of Following the 2002 review of schools, summer schools and holiday Commerce and Economics, Science Aboriginal Education at UNSW, the programs and participating in and Engineering. The UNSW Co- AEP will begin 2004 as the information sessions and career

29 expos. In July 2003, the AEP in extensive materials to support EDTeC will be providing a final conjunction with the Faculty of Law, learning and teaching practice. evaluation report on the ITET School of Computer Science and The Learning and Teaching Unit Fellowship scheme to inform the Engineering, School of Social Work, also works to develop education development of successor initiatives. College of Fine Arts and the policy and support for other strategic FOUNDATIONS OF UNIVERSITY National Institute of Dramatic Art initiatives in learning and teaching LEARNING AND TEACHING (FULT) hosted the Indigenous Winter such as the UNSW policy on The FULT program for new staff School attended by 45 Indigenous Graduate Attributes and UNSW is coordinated by the Learning and students in years 10, 11 and 12, more Guidelines on Learning that Inform Teaching Unit with contributions than half of whom went on to apply Teaching. from EDTeC and is achieving for courses at UNSW in 2004. INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND extremely high levels of positive EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY feedback. It is currently the most PROCESSES FOR IMPROVING FELLOWSHIPS (ITET) comprehensive staff development LEARNING AND TEACHING The ITET Fellowships aim to activity in teaching in any Australian LEARNING AND TEACHING UNIT enhance student learning by building university. FULT 1 (February), Core activities included building, a community of practice around the FULT 2 (April-May) and FULT supporting, and resourcing appropriate use of educational 3 ( July) had a capacity attendance communities of practice in learning technologies. The six-month of 53 staff. and teaching, like the University Fellowship programs have been FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE AWARDS Network in Learning and Teaching centrally funded as a strategic (FYE) and Learning and Teaching Interest initiative conducted in collaboration Two cycles of FYE with 25 projects Groups for the Library and Science. between the Learning and Teaching involving 39 UNSW staff have been The Learning and Teaching Unit Unit, the Educational Development successfully completed resulting in the is also responsible for curriculum and Technology Centre (EDTeC) significant networking throughout the development, and the design, and other Divisional staff. In 2003 University of staff who are actively facilitation and evaluation of prof- EDTeC provided a substantial involved in enhancing students’ essional development activities in evaluation and analysis on the first learning experience. learning and teaching. These three ITET Fellowship programs UNIVERSITY NETWORK IN LEARNING activities emphasise practical, face- and was involved in redesigning the AND TEACHING (UNILT) to-face staff development and program for ITET4, held throughout Possibly the most significant include Foundations of University Session 2. This involved a group of occurrence in 2003 was the evolution Learning and Teaching; coordination 21 academic and general staff of UNILT, a novel approach to staff of Graduate Certificate program’s developing their understanding of development and a major strategy to Innovations course; workshops and educational theory and practice, improve teaching at UNSW. Coming forums to support teaching awards; attending workshops, using online from the above projects, UNILT is ‘Professional Practice in Adult learning resources and working on a a staff development activity for Learning and Teaching for Engineers’ project addressing learning and continuing staff (as opposed to for Faculty of Engineering staff; teaching issues in their disciplines. fixed term or casual academic staff ), support for teaching career develop- EDTeC also provided facilitation involving UNSW academics ment through promotions, the of project work by ITET Fellows, acknowledged for their teaching development of teaching portfolios, workshops on educational technolo- excellence, who have also undergone Vice-Chancellor’s Awards for gy, an online component and overall training to gain UNILT Fellowship. Teaching Excellence and Australian coordination of the program sched- UNILT Fellows will then pilot Awards for University Teaching, ule. ITET4 completes those planned workshops to support newer staff and peer observation of teaching; under the central funding arrange- in areas such as teaching large Research/Teaching Nexus Forums; ment, resulting in a powerful net- classes. Over time, it is hoped to Faculty, School, group and individual work of some 65 UNSW staff, most make one-to-one links between support for curriculum development of whom are now well-placed to UNILT Fellows and new staff and improvement; development of ensure increasing, appropriate use of who need support in particular resources, tips, case studies and more educational technology at UNSW. areas.

30 REWARD AND RECOGNITION FOR THE UNIVERSITY’S EDTeC established the UNSW TEACHING EDUCATIONAL STRATEGIES AND Network of Faculty Educational Finalists in the 2003 Australian USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN Developers to contribute to building Awards for University Teaching LEARNING AND TEACHING Faculty education technology cap- were Dr Prem Ramburuth (School EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND acity. EDTeC also collaborated with: of International Business) and the TECHNOLOGY CENTRE (EDTEC) the Equity and Diversity Unit; the institutional application led by EDTeC works with UNSW Counselling Service (U-Connect), Dr Eileen Baldry (School of Social academic and support staff who wish various Universitas 21 (U21) partners Work) on ‘Learning partnerships to use new technologies in learning and overseas experts on accessibility and teaching and provides staff de- with social housing communities’. issues in online learning and velopment opportunities, project Associate Professors Bruce Scates continued to contribute web and and eLearning support and media and Rae Frances (School of History) graphic design support for the production services. EDTeC’s and Dr Gary Velan (School of UNSW corporate website. approach is to foster student-focused, Medical Sciences) received Quality Usage of EDTeC’s WebCT active learning strategies enabled Teaching Awards from the New Service has continued to grow at a by sympathetic educational South Wales Minister for Education high rate with approximately half technologies. and Training and the Australian the UNSW student population now In 2003 there was a 67 per cent College of Educators. Dr Velan enrolled in courses with an online increase in customised course and was also awarded a Vice- WebCT course component. Total media design support provided to Chancellor’s Award for Teaching course enrolments in 2003 were academic and support staff – 269 Excellence. 74,100 (46,100 in 2002). There one-on-one consultations, compared Other recipients of the Vice- are approximately 851 courses to 161 in 2002. As staff members Chancellor’s Award for Teaching incorporating WebCT components attain the basic skills in WebCT, they Excellence were Professor Rose (520 in 2002) and 746 designers are requesting more advanced one- Amal (School of Chemical Engin- (staff) teaching with WebCT (570 on-one skill training that addresses eering and Industrial Chemistry), their specific online learning and in 2002). A new server and software Dr Robert McKay (School of pedagogical goals. As personalised upgrade will be available in early Information Technology and consultations increased markedly 2004 to meet increased demand Electrical Engineering, University there has been a small decrease in the and to provide an improved user College, ADFA), Ms Belinda Allen overall number of workshops – 103 interface. In 2003 EDTeC (Educational Development and workshops in 2003 compared to 124 introduced ‘Footprints’, a new Technology Centre), Associate in 2002. WebCT help desk for staff and Professor Alan Crosky (School of EDTeC staff continued to students. More than 80 per cent of Materials Science and Engineering), participate in Faculty-based, users responding to a survey rated Associate Professor Eliathamby Divisional and UNSW projects. A the overall service as ‘Excellent’. Ambikairajah (School of Electrical School of Physics project concerned In partnership with the Division Engineering and Telecom- with the development of flexible of Information Systems, EDTeC munications), Dr Sean Brawley teaching spaces, course evaluation initiated the eLearning Program (School of History), Dr Kathy through online student diaries and which aims to provide a UNSW Takayama (School of Biotechnology introduction of collaborative group eLearning environment that and Biomolecular Sciences), with work for first and second year encompasses all aspects of online team awards won by Associate Physics courses has already resulted learning and teaching, integration Professors Ann Game and Andrew in significant changes in the teaching with other campus systems and the Metcalfe (School of Sociology approach. Division-wide projects infrastructure which will support and Anthropology), and Associate included staff development users and the eLearning services. Professor Mark Hoffman (School initiatives, providing flexible Through the Learning of Materials Science and education and media production Resource Catalogue (LRC), Engineering) and Professor Paul input to ITET, FULT and the EDTeC assists UNSW and U21 Munroe (Electron Microscope Graduate Certificate in University staff to identify and access high Unit). Learning and Teaching. quality teaching resources and to

31 collaborate in teaching and research In 2003, significant progress in UNIVERSITY LIBRARY developments. This year saw the this area was achieved by the In 2003, the University Library was development and release of LRC3 design and initial implementation transferred to the the Division of the which has many new features, of the new Course and Teaching Pro-Vice Chancellor (Education and including a sophisticated sharing Evaluation and Improvement Quality Improvement). This recog- system which allows member (CATEI) process; the investigation nises the Library’s increasing involve- institutions and groups within of students’ and staff Postgraduate ment in learning and teaching, parti- them, more flexible management Research Experience in Schools cularly ensuring UNSW’s graduates of information about learning with recommendations for greater have high levels of competency in resources. uptake of good practices; the information literacy. Library staff are EDTeC provides new media enhancement of Divisional strategic working together with academic staff development services and profess- and operational processes; the on a range of modules designed to ional production facilities for flexible process design and facilitation for increase information literacy. education programs and corporate the Across UNSW Group, a key The Rodski client survey of marketing purposes. In 2003 media element in the Vice-Chancellor’s library services, used by the majority production work and support for Academic Strategic Planning of Australian university libraries, was education projects increased three- Initiative (Stage 1); the develop- carried out in October. The results fold. The EDTeC production ment of good practice-based showed substantial improvement facilities in the Goodsell Building approaches to evaluation and on the 2001 survey, with increased were upgraded in 2003 to create a quality improvement in particular satisfaction with the Library’s facilities purpose-designed video training area Faculties and Units; and the and equipment. for academic and support staff. planning and preliminary design of While the Library has a very ‘Mapping UNSW’s Quality strong journal collection, its CREATING A QUALITY SYSTEM System’, a major project for monograph collection has not kept up OF INTERNATIONAL BEST implementation in 2004 designed in recent years. In 2003, special effort PRACTICE to provide a framework and went into increasing the number of

QUALITY SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT significant content for UNSW’s monographs purchased. GROUP (QSDG) Quality Audit Portfolio, required UNSW Library was successful in From 2003, the Pro-Vice- for submission to the Australian two funding proposals to the Chancellor (Education and Quality Universities Quality Agency, Australian Research Information Improvement) has senior leadership probably in 2005. Infrastructure Committee, chaired by responsibility for quality improve- In line with its mission and the Vice-Chancellor. These projects ment at UNSW, with contributions goals, in 2003 the QSDG also will enable expansion of the from all units in the Division, and provided expert advice and facilita- Australian Digital Theses Program, the QSDG was specifically tion services concerning quality which is managed by UNSW Library established to coordinate quality development for staff across a wide on behalf of the Council of Australian improvement. range of areas and levels in UNSW. University Librarians.

32 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— FACULTY NOTES

ll Faculties make significant Faculty’s Course Assessment Maruno being awarded prestigious Acontributions to the University’s questionnaires are provided to School travel grants by the French Community Outreach and these are staff, with a summary presented to Government. detailed on pp 46 to 49. the Dean’s Advisory Committee The Schools of History (now (Heads of Schools, Associate Deans, one of Australia’s three largest history FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL Presiding Members and senior departments), Music and Music SCIENCES administrators) for analysis and, Education, and History and The Faculty’s administrative along with other quality assessment Philosophy of Science (previously arrangements have been significantly processes, are used as a basis for Science and Technology Studies) streamlined in order to support the improving teaching. undertook a restructuring of the core University goals of excellence in Innovative courses have been undergraduate curriculum, with other research, international engagement, developed in Australian and Schools to report in 2004. and interaction with the community, postcolonial literatures. Staff from Undergraduate interdisciplinary with the clarification of the roles of the Schools of History, Music and study received specific funding to some administrative staff in the Music Education, and Sociology bring together teaching from across Dean’s Unit and the appointment of have also taken up ITET Fellowships disciplines into a designated others to new administrative roles in to develop their pedagogical program. These include Women’s support of the Associate Dean approaches and refine their skills in and Gender Studies, Jewish Studies, (Research and Postgraduate), technology-assisted teaching. Australian Studies, Asian Studies, Associate Dean (Education) and the Associate Professors Rae Frances Chinese Studies, Cognitive Science, Presiding Member. While the and Bruce Scates (History), winners Comparative Development, Faculty is performing extremely well of the 2002 Australian Award for Criminology, Environmental Studies and is committed to improving its University Teaching also won a and European Studies. programs, capacity is limited in terms Quality Teaching Award from the Masterclasses conducted by the of staff and especially the provision New South Wales Government in School of Music and Music of suitable facilities. 2003. Modern Language Studies Education with Australia Ensemble The Faculty’s Education students were high achievers with musicians and other visitors, provid- Committee with representatives of Ms Yong Ju Yoo winning the State ed enhanced opportunities for the Faculty’s 13 Schools meets and National Japanese Speech students to gain professional musical monthly and deals with new courses, contest, Ms Charmaine Wong the experience and the creation of a new student assessment and monitoring China Bridge contest and Mr music technology laboratory offered of teaching performance. The Charles Howard and Ms Caitlin new levels of excellence in this area.

33 The Bachelor of International Rasmussen (History and Philosophy conference attendance, as well as a Studies was in high demand and the of Science) won two international Doctoral Thesis Prize and an first students to take their one-year history of science awards and Dr intensive postgraduate induction. study period overseas will return in Dorottya Fabian (Music and Music New postgraduate research courses 2004. The number of students Education) won the 10th were trialled in 2003, however undertaking double degrees with Arts Anniversary ESCOM award. budgetary constraints hampered the and Social Sciences rose significantly Staff from the School of planned provision of better facilities. (approximately 25 per cent). Demand Philosophy published three The Faculty continued to foster for postgraduate coursework significant monographs. Professor research links with partner institu- programs also increased significantly, Conal Condren (Politics and tions. Visits were made by the Dean especially Applied Linguistics International Relations) was to Trinity College Dublin, University (including TESOL) (115 per cent), honoured with a Scientia College Dublin, Free University International Social Development Professorship and also received a Berlin, Seoul National University, (approximately 60 per cent) and in Centenary of Federation Medal. Hanyang University Seoul, International Relations (six per cent). Professor Janet Chan (Social Science Jawaharlal Nehru University (New The Faculty’s Research and Policy) received an ARC Delhi), the Social Research Institute Committee and subcommittees, led Discovery Grant to continue her of Bangalore, and the University by Associate Dean (Research) work on policing. Sociology and of Pune. Professor Martyn Lyons, coordinate Anthropology received research The Faculty’s Community the Faculty’s research and provide grants in national priority areas of Outreach can be found on p. 46. support and funding for research and strengthening Australia’s social and conferences. The I-Program fosters economic fabric and also received a FACULTY OF THE BUILT international collaborative research collaborative Australian-Canadian ENVIRONMENT by supporting conferences and grant on Post-Conflict Societies and In 2003, Professor Peter Murphy was workshops that serve as the Health. The School of Social Work appointed as the new Dean and set foundation for new research groups developed strong research links with about developing a new academic in emerging areas of interest. organisations including Barnardos strategic vision for the Faculty. A Faculty grants to staff totalled Australia, and Dr Elizabeth management audit was conducted $203,954, with an average grant size Fernandez’s ARC-supported research with wide Faculty involvement, of $6,798 and 30 of 44 applications report was launched by Her resulting in alterations to the senior being awarded, equally between male Excellency, the Governor of New management structure. Whilst and female staff. South Wales, Marie Bashir. retaining the positions of Head of The Faculty has established a The National Centre in HIV School and Associate Dean mentoring system where successful Social Research (NCHSR), together (Research), a new position of senior staff offer advice to those with the Social Policy Research Associate Dean (Education) was seeking external research funding. In Centre and three community established to concentrate support for 2003, 10 of the 30 applications for organisations, formed a consortium Program Heads in the development ARC Discovery Grants were and received a Research Capacity and delivery of the curriculum. successful. Building Infrastructure Grant of A Design Studio Needs Analysis Many Faculty staff participated $1.5M from the New South Wales was commissioned with help of in conferences and seminars, pub- Department of Health. Additionally, Multiplex Asset Management P/L lished widely and received recogni- this grant will enable community and Geyer P/L. After a wide tion for their research contributions. organisations to build collaboration consultative process, a comprehensive The School of English was in research and increase community report was produced which recognised for its research in literary understanding of the research highlighted that although the biography, juvenilia, Bronte studies process. The NCHSR also expanded development of the Red Centre in and postcolonial studies. In History, its research to include issues around the late 1990’s provided major Dr David Cahill holds an ARC Hepatitis C. improvements in the overall Faculty Research Professorship for work Postgraduate student research is facilities, certain functional on Latin America. Dr Nicholas supported by funds for research and limitations exist within the facility

34 which constrain the potential for the revitalisation of the old city of them to work intensively in these appropriate design culture to develop. Bangkok. In China, the program was areas. Many students enjoyed Within the Faculty’s Key Strategic conducted in cooperation with significant success, including Ms Directions Paper of March 2003, Tsinghua University on the new town Henrietta Goethe-Ellis and Ms Bic “promoting crossdisciplinarity” and centre plan in Beijing. Also in Tieu, who won national Object “strengthening the design culture” partnership with Tsinghua’s Schools of Gallery awards and had their work were identified as two of four areas Continuing Education and exhibited in Object Gallery, Sydney, considered to be critical to the Construction Management, the and Ms Acer Chor, whose work was Faculty’s future success. The Dean Faculty has continued to develop featured in Object magazine and highlighted to the Vice-Chancellor professional development modules for exhibited in Brisbane. the issue of lack of ‘design’ the construction management, real The School of Art accommodation and its effect on the estate and facilities management fields. History/Theory’s research profile intent of the Faculty to develop as a The Faculty’s Community was affirmed by outstanding success ‘Centre of Design Excellence’. Outreach can be found on p 46. in winning ARC Discovery Grants, During the year, Landscape a strong represesntation in inter- Architecture graduates and students COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS national refereed journals and art found success in the National The College of Fine Arts (COFA) magazines and participation in Gateway Design Competition; enjoyed another successful year in prestigious local and international Industrial Design students featured 2003. Staff won six ARC grants conferences. Dr Jill Bennett’s co- prominently in in the Sydney Morning (with a seventh on the reserve list) edited anthology, World Memory: Herald Young Designer of the Year and applications now coming from Trajectories in Global Time was Competition; and Planning students every School in the Faculty. The published in 2003, and publication won the inaugural Student Urban newly-established Centre for of the only refereed Australasian art Design Competition as part of the Contemporary Art and Politics won history journal, the Australian and Landcom-sponsored 2003 Lower a first ARC grant, the iCinema New Zealand Journal of Art, is based Hunter Civic Design Awards. The Centre for Interactive Cinema within the School. Faculty also received a High Research worked on projects in Students and staff in the School Commendation Award from the Australia and Europe and the of Art won competitions and were Australian Institute of Building for International Drawing Research granted awards and scholarships in the successful development and Institute held a major conference. unprecedented numbers in 2003. implementation of eLearning modules Demand for places from local These included Adjunct Professor in construction technology courses. and international students has Richard Goodwin who won the The Built Environment continued to be high with more than main prize in Sculpture by the Sea; Preparatory Program (BEPP) 10 applications for every available MFA students Mr Sean Cordiero Summer School welcomed seven place. Progress was made on the new and Ms Claire Healy, who won Indigenous students to the Faculty Ivan Dougherty Gallery and the the prestigious Helen Lempriere for a week-long program of lectures, heritage value restoration of the Travelling Art Scholarship; and workshops and site visits. The BEPP Vernon Library building, including second year Sculpture student Mr aims to explain the Faculty’s various reorientation of the site entrance Jan Golembiewski, who won the disciplines, professions and programs. towards Oxford Street. COFA is highly competitive Marten Bequest The Faculty continued to develop meeting its statutory requirements, and was short-listed for the National links both at the research and teaching with the exception of occupational Sculpture Prize at the National levels with universities in Asia. The health and safety, where work is Gallery in Canberra. Cicada Press, Masters of Urban Development and ongoing. COFA’s custom printmaking Design program ran International The School of Design Studies program, was established. Led by Urban Design Studios in Thailand continued its strong focus on School of Art staff and assisted by and China. In Thailand, the program developing teaching online for first students, Cicada has already begun was run in cooperation with and fourth year students. Several work with an impressive group of Chulalongkorn University and members of staff were awarded invited national and international Sipakorn University on the UNSW ITET fellowships, allowing artists.

35 In 2003 the first honours intellectually rigorous and strategic initiatives to increase students graduated from the School academically innovative postgraduate research student numbers showed of Media Arts’ Bachelor of Digital programs, was launched, with pleasing results with 79 new research Media program, established in 2000. industry engagement playing a (PhD/MCom (Hons)) students, Several graduating students have critical role in its development, bringing research student enrolments been represented in this year’s delivery and unique Learning to 238 (198 in 2002). Research Primavera exhibition for young Partnership element. scholarships also increased from 19 emerging artists at the Museum of A previous winner of the Vice- in 2002 to 31 in 2003. Contemporary Art. Developments in Chancellor’s Award for Teaching In July, the Faculty’s School of online teaching and learning are Excellence, Dr Prem Ramburuth Economics hosted the prestigious continuing to provide new (International Business) was also 2003 Australasian Meeting of the perspectives on teaching across the lauded this year by the award of the Econometrics Society, involving degrees. Acting on its philosophy of 2003 Pearson Education ANZAM leading economists and econ- small scale, one-to-one connections Management Educator of the Year, ometricians from key research with people and place, the School and being short-listed for the 2003 universities, including Yale, MIT, has made links with remote Australian Awards for University University of California (Berkeley) Aboriginal communities, which Teaching. UNSW Innovative and Princeton, as well as disting- include the establishing of a seven- Teaching Fellowships were awarded uished UNSW alumnus, John week industry placement for senior to Dr Geoffrey Dick, Dr Olivera McMillan, the Jonathon B Lovelace students with Goolarri Media. Initial Marjanovic and Dr Carol Royal. Professor of Economics at Stanford. contact has also been made with Five Faculty students received Also in July, the Centre for Middle East communities, with an University Medals: Mr David Jacob Pensions and Superannuation expectation of ongoing cultural and Mr Kwang-won Lee (Finance), (CPS) hosted the 11th Australian exchange and student recruitment. Ms Alana Smith (Accounting), Ms Colloquium of Superannuation With the help of an ITET Rebecca Edwards (Economics and Researchers. The CPS provides fellowship, School of Art Education Econometrics) and Mr Christian a focal point for Australian and staff member Ms Kim Snepvangers is Sutherland-Wong (Actuarial international researchers specialising developing a virtual learning student Studies). The Faculty’s Postgraduate in the field. community. Staff and postgraduate Team was runner-up in the 2003 In December, Mr Ian McFarlane, students in the School presented at National BCG Business Strategy Governor of the Reserve Bank of national and international conferences Competition. Australia, officially opened the highly and published their research in key In the Chartered Accountants influential 16th Australasian Banking journals. Achiever Program, which provides and Finance Conference, hosted by COFA’s exhibition program placements with high-profile the School of Banking and Finance included an array of shows at the accounting firms, Faculty students and attracting delegates from around UNSW Ivan Dougherty Gallery, were selected for nine out of 17 New the globe. COFA Exhibition Space, the South Wales placements. In addition, Through UNSW, ARC Students’ Association’s Kudos Faculty students won two of the Discovery Grants were awarded Gallery, and Three Foot Square. eight Australian Goldman Sachs to Qantas Professor Larry Dwyer The College’s Community Global Leaders Awards. (Economics), Professor Robert Outreach can be found on p46. The inaugural National Honours Kohn (Commerce and Economics), Colloquium, held on campus in Professor John Piggott (Associate FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND August, brought together 36 Dean Research) and Associate ECONOMICS Commerce and Economics honours Professor Emil Valdez (Economics), The Faculty is a leading provider of students from across Australasia to Professor Ken Trotman (Accounting), business education and research in present research-in-progress reports and Professor Mark Uncles the Asian region, and enjoyed and to mix with peers from other (Marketing). An ARC Linkage continued growth and development. universities, academics and industry Grant was awarded to Dr Pradeep The Master of Finance, the leaders. Ray (Information Systems, first of a new series of advanced, In addition, the Faculty’s Technology and Management).

36 The Faculty was also successful with Economics was launched with the unique opportunities to engage UNSW’s Goldstar Research Awards appointment of tourism economist, with today’s leaders in business and for Dr Ram Bhar, (Banking and Professor Larry Dwyer, as Chair. government. The inaugural event, Finance) and Dr Chung Sok Suh Following a review in 2002 sponsored by Deloitte and BOSS (International Business). ARC of the Faculty’s Masters program magazine, featured Sir Richard Grants through external institutions in International Professional Branson, Chair of The Virgin Group were awarded to Professor Graham Accounting in China, it was and attracted an audience of more Low (Information Systems, determined that the March 2003 than 900. Technology and Management). intake in Guangzhou was to be the Five new discipline-specific In recognition of his national last. Outcomes of the program’s alumni networks – Accounting and international eminence in review in Beijing are pending. Honours; Actuarial Studies; Tourism research, UNSW Council conferred The focus of the Faculty’s future and Hospitality; Information the title of Scientia Professor on engagement with China will be Systems, Technology and Manage- Professor Peter Swan from the research collaborations and the ment; and Marketing – were School of Banking and Finance, who Faculty has entered into a strategic established, and in August, select was also awarded an AM in the relationship with Fudan University graduates were invited to become Queen’s Birthday List. for the development of their founding members of the Alumni Scientia Professor Ken Trotman academic staff via their participation Leaders’ Network. was nominated Vice-President- in research Masters and PhD Academic (President Elect) of the programs. FACULTY OF ENGINEERING American Accounting Association, Four new scholarships for In 2003, two Faculty of Engineering Auditing Section. The Accounting Indigenous students entering the staff won Vice-Chancellor’s Teaching and Finance Association of Australia Commerce and Economics Awards, Associate Professor and New Zealand honoured Preparation Program for Indigenous Eliathamby Ambikairajah (Electrical Associate Professor Malcolm Miller Australians (CEPP) were established Engineering and Telecommuni- with a 2003 Outstanding in 2003, thanks to AMP, the cations) for Teaching and Learning Contribution to Practice Award. Commonwealth Bank, Qantas and and Professor Rose Amal (Chemical In March, the Faculty Advisory the Ryan family. Graduates of the Engineering and Industrial Chemistry) Board invited 2002 Nobel Laureate, four-week intensive CEPP program for Research Student Supervision. Dr Vernon Smith, to be the Faculty’s are then offered a place in the The Faculty developed a double Distinguished Visiting Professor Bachelor of Commerce or the degree program in Engineering and through its inaugural Thought Bachelor of Economics degrees at Commerce, with the first students to Leadership Initiative. Dr Smith’s UNSW, or in similar degrees at other enrol in 2004. This Bachelor of engagement included an Energy Australian institutions. Engineering/Bachelor of Commerce Markets workshop, sponsored by The Faculty appointed a full- replaces the Bachelor of Engineering/ Delta Electricity, for industry time Student Relations Officer to Master of Commerce and provides representatives, held in conjunction build community in the Faculty by a stronger base in the professional with the Faculty of Engineering, and developing a program of social and fields of Commerce. presentations to the business professional development activities at To assist the transition from high community. Dr Smith also undergraduate and postgraduate school to first year studies, in 2003 participated in a fundraising lunch levels. Students also participated on a many Schools in the Faculty also sponsored by JB Were, the Australian volunteer basis in events such as the introduced mentoring schemes. Financial Review and Qantas, which annual Scholarships and Prizes Ms Margaret Rozali (Electrical attracted more than 400 guests and Ceremony and UNSW Expo. Engineering) was named raised funds for nine new Honours Throughout 2003, the Executive Engineering Student of the Year and Scholarships. developed initiatives to enable the Mr Peter Koulos (BE (Electrical Jointly sponsored by Qantas, Faculty to reconnect with its Engineering) ’98), was named Young UNSW and the CRC for Sustainable graduates. In November, the Faculty Professional Engineer of the year at Tourism, the Faculty’s new Qantas launched the ‘Meet the CEO’ series the Engineer-ing Excellence Awards. Chair in Tourism and Travel offering current and former students Mr David Snowden (Computer

37 Science and Engineering) won the Cooperative Research Centre (CRC) Professor Nick Ashbolt (UNSW New South Wales Siemens Prize in Spatial Imaging. The CRC in Centre for Water and Waste for innovation for his work on a Advanced Composite Structures has Technology) is part of a major telemetry and control system for received funding for a third seven- international research program the Faculty solar car, Sunswift. year period, the Petroleum CRC has studying drinking water risk PhD student Mr Amauri Hong, been transformed into the CRC for management, and in October, the (Chemical Engineer-ing and Carbon Dioxide Technologies and Faculty hosted the Universitas 21 Industrial Chemistry) won the the CRC for Environmental group of engineering Deans who Young Water Scientist of the Year Biotechnology has developed from have also included a project on water award for his work on the treatment an earlier CRC. as part of future collaborative activity. of oily waste water. Dr Bryce A Research Centre in The Faculty established a re- Richards (Centre for Photovoltaic Sustainable Energy Markets has been search agreement with the Campania Engineering), in collaboration with developed in collaboration with the region of Italy which will support the Dr Andrea Schaeffer (University of Faculty of Commerce and exchange of doctoral researchers. Wollongong) won second prize in Economics. A Special Research Professor Chris Rizos (Surveying the Energy Globe awards in Geneva Centre in Particle Technologies, and Information Systems) has been for a solar-powered, reverse osmosis involving the Schools of Chemical appointed President of the Inter- installation for remote area Engineering and Industrial national Association for the World- desalination. Chemistry, Materials Science and wide study of geodesy. The Faculty assisted the Charles Engineering and the University of The Faculty’s Community Darwin University (CDU) in the Queensland, received initial Outreach can be found on p 46. Northern Territory in the develop- government funding in 2003. ment of its engineering programs by The National Information FACULTY OF LAW agreeing to give full credit for work and Communications Technology The year began with the completion done at CDU to allow their top Australia centre (NICTA) formally of the Faculty’s Strategic Plan and its students to complete their final two began operations at the beginning unanimous approval by Faculty years in the range of programs of 2003 as the leading national Board, Professor Christopher offered by UNSW. The Faculty also research centre in the field. Rossiter’s appointment as Head of assisted in running a week-long Skill in programming was again the Law School in February and Indigenous Summer School attended demonstrated as the Computer significant awards for former staff by some 40 Indigenous high school Science and Engineering team and alumni. students from across Australia. won the international Robocup Foundation member of the The Faculty expanded its Taste competition for four-legged robot Faculty of Law and twice Dean, of Research Summer Scholarship soccer in Padua, Italy, beating arch Emeritus Professor Garth Nettheim, program to attract talented students rivals Carnegie-Mellon in the final. was awarded an Order of Australia into research, with some 60 students The Faculty participates in and alumnus, Dr Annabelle Bennett taking up the scholarship over the a scheme to provide research scholar- (LLB ’80), was made a Judge of the 2003–2004 summer. ships for students from Vietnam and Federal Court of Australia. Arts/Law A major induction program for the first two scholar-ships were student Mr Alexander Gelski won research students has been introduced awarded this year. Faculty scholar- one of the eight Australian to help in the early stages of research ships were also awarded for under- fellowships offered under the planning and to ensure a sound graduate students who spend a Goldman Sachs Global Leaders understanding of research metho- semester at a partner University study- Program and a team of under- dology. PhD students now also have ing in a language other than English. graduate Law students won the the opportunity to participate in a The Faculty strengthened its prestigious Jean-Pictet International career development program. The international links in France, Humanitarian Law Competition in first two modules in Tertiary Thailand, India, UK, China and Portugal. Ms Marina Yastreboff Teaching and Research Entre- Japan and hopes to encourage more (LLM ’02) was awarded Young Gun preneurship ran in 2003. PhD students to undertake part of of the Year at the Australian Law The Faculty is a partner in a new their research at a partner University. Awards. Former Prime Minister,

38 Malcolm Fraser, was awarded an In conjunction with Aboriginal practice skills short courses, offering Honorary Doctorate of Laws in Education Program, the Faculty essential knowledge on pleading, recognition of his long and partnered important initiatives such drafting and evidence have proven distinguished service to humanity. as the first Schoolchildren Winter very popular. The course deliverers As part of the commitment to Session (to encourage Indigenous and speakers, experts in their areas, providing a high quality, small group high school students to aspire to were drawn from the ranks of UNSW learning experience for students, the entry to the Law School) and the academics and members of the legal Law School introduced a series of ninth year of the very successful profession and the School is grateful professional development workshops Indigenous Pre-Law Program, two to the members of the judiciary, the for new casual teachers to orient graduates of which, Mr Cameron bar and law firms who assisted with them to best practice in small group Grant and Ms Liz Wilson were the these developments. learning techniques. inaugural recipients of Ritchie In 2003, research at the Faculty The integration of eLearning Family Scholarships. Both students continued to thrive, including the into the Law School curriculum completed their first year with growing area of the regulation of moved ahead with the appointment impressive success. information technology and com- of E-Learning Designer, Mr Glen The Marie Swan Memorial munications which has added to Jeffreys, and two academic staff, Mr Scholarship was established to the Faculty’s existing strengths Alex Steel and Ms Lesley Hitchens, encourage students from rural New in comparative law, legal theory, were awarded ITET (Innovative South Wales to undertake study in criminal justice and public law. Teaching and Educational Technology) Law at UNSW and will be awarded Legal research at UNSW has Fellowships. By the end of 2003, for the first time in 2006. long been distinguished by its contri- half of the Bachelor of Laws (LLB) During 2003, the Faculty bution to, and involvement in, social core curriculum had web support, a continued to develop postgraduate justice concerns and public policy, dramatic improvement upon 2002. coursework programs. The Master of and this included the publication of The dedication of teachers and Laws (LLM) program saw an overall Prisoners as Citizens,a collection of keeping classes capped at 35 students increase in enrolments from essays edited by Professor David supported the aim of engaging First international and local students of Brown and Ms Meredith Wilkie, Year students and helping them to around 21 per cent, with approx- which addresses the rights of those feel closely connected to the School. imately half the international in custody. Approximately 150 students used the students coming from Europe and With ARC funding being Peer Tutor Program established by half from Asia, and the Master of sometimes difficult to obtain for legal Associate Professor Prue Vines for Legal Studies (MLS) enjoyed an research, it was very encouraging that First Year students. Associate Prof- increase of around 31 per cent. The both the Law School’s applications essor Vines’ work on this program Faculty increased support to ensure a for ARC Discovery grants for 2004 was a factor in her receiving a 2003 positive experience for international funding were successful. The Faculty Vice-Chancellor’s Award for students, including the establishment also has a very strong group of early Teaching Excellence. of classes and assistance for inter- career researchers whose ability and The Faculty’s support programs national law students whose first enthusiasm bodes very well for the for Indigenous students grew language is not English. future of the Faculty’s research. significantly with the appointment The Centre for Continuing The Communications Law of Associate Professor Jill Hunter Legal Education, under Director Centre continued its research and as Director of Indigenous Legal Christopher Lemercier, delivered policy work in media and com- Education, Ms Christine Forster as more than 50 short courses and munications. Five courses were Convenor of the Indigenous Legal seminars for legal practitioners and offered through the Law School Education Committee and Ms Dani others which comply with Mandatory to undergraduate or postgraduate Johnson as an advisor to Indigenous Continuing Legal Education require- students. The Centre completed the students. The Faculty was awarded a ments. New topics included Water second year of a three-year ARC $15,000 First Year Experience Grant Rights, Wine Law and changes to research project on defamation law to enhance the First Year program Banking and Finance regulation and reform with partners John Fairfax for Indigenous students. Civil Litigation. Comprehensive Holdings, the Seven Network, the

39 Australian Publishers’ Association Development and the Rule of Law Committee. A dedicated Alumni and Cornwall Stodart. on a major project in the field. He Officer for the Law School was The Australasian Legal was also a member of a project on appointed in June. Information Institute (AustLII), a universalism and local knowledge The Faculty of Law wishes joint facility of UNSW and UTS in human rights cosponsored by to thank the many law firms, Law Faculties, was recognised by the the Humanities Center, Central organisations and individuals for ARC for its excellence in developing European University (CEU), and the their continued support, notably national and international legal Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton Freehills, Gilbert + Tobin, Baker research infrastructure and received University. Professor Krygier’s ‘In & McKenzie, Landerer & an ARC LIEF scheme award of Praise of Prejudice’ was selected for Company, the Myer Foundation, $700,000 to continue its work in The Best Australian Essays 2003, the Adamovich Family and James 2004. With the Witwatersrand Law published by Black Ink Books. and Odette Ingram. School, the Institute launched the In 2003, the Freehills Visiting The Faculty’s Community Southern African Legal Information Fellow was Kevin Gray, a Professor Outreach can be found on p 47. Institute (SAFLII), and hosted the of Law and Professorial Fellow at ATAX, AUSTRALIAN TAXATION STUDIES third meeting of the world’s free Trinity College, University of PROGRAM access to law movement. The Cambridge, one of England’s leading During 2003, Atax continued to look Institute also hosted the fifth ‘Law property lawyers. outwards, broadening and enhancing via Internet’ Conference’. Professor Jeremy Webber joined its relationships with, and profile in, The Baker & McKenzie the Faculty as a Visiting Professor the tax profession. The introduction Cyberspace Law and Policy Centre and the Gilbert + Tobin Centre of of the new Master of Applied held an international conference on Public Law as an Associate. Prof- Taxation, in partnership with the ‘Privacy and Surveillance 2003 – essor Webber holds the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants Terrorists and Watchdogs’, and held Research Chair in Law and Society in Australia, typified this approach. a local and international internships in the Faculty of Law, University of As well as focusing on external program focusing on the emerging Victoria, Canada, and was previously relations, Atax continued its drive Spam Act 2003, finally passed in Dean of Law at the University of towards full integration with the December. In addition, the Centre Sydney. University community. The pursuit jointly hosted a symposium on the Of the many other distinguished of joint activities with the Law Digital Agenda review with Phillips national and international visitors School, such as collaboration on Fox. to the Law School in 2003, some electronic teaching and learning The Gilbert + Tobin Centre taught undergraduate or post- initiatives and shared publicity, of Public Law hosted the National graduate courses, while others gave prizes and social events, further Forum: The War on Terrorism and Faculty seminars or were involved strengthened the relationship the Rule of Law and its major primarily in research. between these two parts of the publications included Realising The UNSW Law Alumni Faculty. Atax has also taken the Democracy: Electoral Law in Australia Chapter was launched and within a opportunity to explore joint teaching, edited by Mr Graeme Orr, Mr Bryan month had welcomed more than 300 research and consultancy initiatives Mercurio and Professor George local alumni members and small with other parts of the University Williams. networks of members in Germany, including the Faculty of Commerce In collaboration with the Hong Kong and the UK. UNSW’s and Economics, Unisearch and European University Institute, longest-serving Chancellor (1976 – UNSW International Projects. Florence, the European Law Centre 1994) and former Governor of New Atax once again excelled in held a conference on ‘Implications of South Wales, the Hon Gordon the annual Course Experience Enlargement for the Rule of Law Samuels, AC CVO QC, kindly Questionnaire and Graduate and Constitutionalism in Post- agreed to be founding patron of the Destination Survey with the Communist Legal Orders’. Centre new Chapter and Mr Peter Noble Bachelor of Taxation program rated Codirector, Professor Martin Krygier, (BCom LLB ’76), a member of the first for overall satisfaction for the was invited to cooperate with the UNSW Alumni Board of Governors, second consecutive year. All courses Stanford Centre for Democracy, is Chair of the Executive continue to be available in flexible

40 delivery mode, and face-to-face The first cohort of medical national prizes to academic staff. options at the postgraduate level have students at UNSW to undergo the These included the Senior Organon been enhanced with the introduction Faculty’s new selection process Research Award for the most of intensive short courses to com- commenced Year 1 in 2003. This significant contribution to psychiatric plement the flourishing range of process, in which academic merit, research in Australia and New evening courses held in the Sydney performance in the national Under- Zealand over the preceding two CBD. graduate Medicine Admissions Test years, to Professor Henry Brodaty The research highlight was and the results of a semi-structured (Psychiatry); both the Gottschalk the launch of the Atax-sponsored interview are considered, aims at Medal for outstanding research eJournal of Tax Research,a fully- selecting students who are well- conducted in Australia by scientists refereed, biannual tax journal equipped to deal with the demands under 40 years of age and the (www.Atax.unsw.edu.au/ejtr/). of both medical training and prof- Eureka Prize for scientific research With an editorial board that draws essional practice in the 21st century. to Associate Professor Levon on leading international tax experts, As part of the Faculty’s ongoing Khachigian (Centre for Vascular this initiative will do much to foster commitment to students, 2003 saw Research); the Australasian Science scholarly research on taxation and the replacement of all student com- prize to Emeritus Professor Mark complements Atax’s role as the puters, as well as the development of Rowe (Medical Sciences) and the leading tax school in the Asia Pacific IT systems to support both teaching Ramaciotti Medal for excellence in region. In addition, the Research and administration of the new biomedical research to Professor Colin Fellowship Scheme was particularly curriculum. In addition, the Faculty, Chesterman (Medical Sciences). successful, with visits from Professor through the School of Medical The Faculty continues to enjoy Judith Freedman (University of Sciences, installed virtual microscopy strong enrolments from international Oxford) and Professor Stewart software and computers across four students, especially into the MB BS Karlinsky (San Jose University). teaching laboratories. program where 25 per cent of First Atax continued to provide the Enrolments in the Health Year enrolments were international tax community with excellent and Sports Science program remain students. Many medical students professional education during strong. An extensive review of post- engage in study overseas during 2003. Partnership with UNSW’s graduate coursework programs their elective term in a diverse array NewSouth Global enabled Atax in Public Health and Health of clinical and health care settings. to continue to engage with the Services Administration was Following the successful imple- international tax community, conducted and some modifications mentation in 2002 of an exchange facilitating projects with the Thai made to meet the contemporary program with the University for judiciary and involvement in the needs of these disciplines. Similarly, Oslo for Year 5 students undertaking East Timor Capacity Building due to low enrolments and questions their Paediatrics and Obstetrics and Project, as well as training provision from external agencies regarding Gynaecology terms, eight students for overseas visiting delegations. the standing of the program in participated in the program this year Prosthetics and Orthotics as (six in 2003). Feedback from staff FACULTY OF MEDICINE currently offered, this program and students has been very positive In 2003, the Faculty of Medicine is being reviewed. and the Faculty expects to see continued its development of a 2003 saw considerable success continued growth in international new undergraduate medical across the Faculty in competitive engagement for educational curriculum. This included review grant outcomes. This included well programs. of the program by the Australian over $10M in NHMRC funding for Academic staff continue to have Medical Council resulting in its research across many areas, including multiple international research col- accreditation until 2011, subject to major grants in post-traumatic laborations with grants awarded to further focused review of the latter psychological disorders, diseases of support research from offshore stages of the program during 2004. inactivity and HIV/AIDS. agencies including the National The new teaching program will be The Faculty’s excellence in Institutes of Health and the Center implemented for Year 1 students research has also been recognised for Disease Control and Prevention in 2004. with the award of prestigious in the USA.

41 Work on renegotiating the a critical time in the Faculty’s staff and voluntary redundancies, affiliation agreement between the restructuring program following the coupled with some strategic new Faculty of Medicine and the South amalgamation of the Faculties of appointments and a review of their East Sydney Area Health Service is Science and Technology and Life teaching profiles, will provide the in progress, reflecting the desire of Sciences in 2001. Nevertheless, the necessary budget outcomes in the both parties to secure a framework of restructuring process is close to a near future. sustainable cooperation which positive outcome. Professor Michael As part of the Academic respects the challenges and Archer will take up the position of Strategic Planning Process, the Vice- dynamism of modern health care and Dean in early 2004. Chancellor asked the Faculty to academic medical environments. The Faculty also spent the year review its research activities in order Capital works planning contin- in the Academic Strategic Planning to concentrate on growing its major ues in relation to the establishment Process instituted by the Vice- areas of strength. All Schools have of the School of Rural Health in sev- Chancellor in late 2002, resulting embarked on this process and have eral locations including Port in a commitment to ‘renewal’. Issues provided a series of ‘Vision Macquarie, Coffs Harbour and deriving from the amalgamation of Statements’ that reinforce those Albury. Challenges have been two Faculties with significant areas where research productivity is encountered and managed in areas differences in terms of their teaching already high and define new areas such as acquisition of land, finalisa- profiles, research activities and that will be emphasised in the future. tion of leasing agreements and review aspects of administrative structure, The process has identified research of bushfire zones, however progress is have either been addressed or are strengths which have international in evidence at all locations with com- undergoing current review to impact and provided opportunities pletion of these projects expected facilitate the formation of a unified to renew and strengthen existing during 2004. Faculty of Science. collaborations in teaching and Substantial work, entailing the An important outcome of this research across traditional disciplines individual assessment of some 600 review has been the strong commit- and School boundaries. The process projects, was performed by the ment to maintain the Faculty’s has also stimulated discussions Faculty’s Finance Unit to review activities in the enabling sciences and commitments to develop new the Faculty’s non-general and non- (chemistry, mathematics, physics) as collaborations that require inter- research fund income. The task is a means of underpinning its teaching disciplinary or multidisciplinary expected to be finalised early in 2004. and research strengths in all other efforts. In the meantime, the Faculty The Faculty’s Community areas of interest. This will redefine continues to attract substantial Outreach can be found on p 48. the Faculty’s strengths and allow it funding of approximately $18M to provide an excellent educational in the form of competitive, peer- FACULTY OF SCIENCE experience, continued excellence in reviewed grants from the Australian The Faculty of Science continues to research and an ability to interact Research Council and the National be a leader in research productivity with local and international Health and Medical Research as well as providing one of the communities from a position of Council and industry sources. broadest ranges of studies available academic strength. Preserving the Faculty’s strength in Australian undergraduate science The Schools of Chemical in the enabling sciences will differ- degree programs. It also offers Sciences, Mathematics and Physics entiate Science at UNSW from combined degrees with the Faculties will need to downsize and review many of our competitors. This will of Medicine, Engineering, Commerce their operations in order to ensure be aided by the growth of inter- and and Economics, Law, and Arts and their financial viability. With the multidisciplinary projects in teaching Social Sciences, and postgraduate help of the Faculty’s Business and research that cross Faculty programs are an area of significant Manager, these Schools will develop boundaries, like bioinformatics and and growing strength. a business plan that will enable them nanotechnology, and there are future In mid-June 2003, Associate to sustain their essential activities of prospects for collaboration with the Professor Aldo Bagnara, Acting teaching, research and administration College of Fine Arts through Dean, replaced Professor Dennis over the next 10 to 15 years. It is projects that commenced in 2002 Lincoln as Dean. This occurred at anticipated that natural attrition of and developed further during 2003.

42 As part of the Faculty restructure, been difficult for the Faculty to academics presently working in staff and projects relating to Food maintain important components of its Australia to be included in the list of Science and Technology were trans- budget. For some years, the Faculty significant researchers in an Academy ferred from the School of Chemical has had difficulty in achieving its of Management Learning and Sciences to the Faculty of Engineering. ‘target’ enrolment plan while Education Journal article by John Neverthesless, we look forward to maintaining realistic minimum Miner, ‘The rated importance, continued teaching and research standards of admission. In recent scientific validity, and practical collaborations in this area for those times, this has meant budget usefulness of organizational activities with a strong science focus. shortfalls in the undergraduate behaviour theories: a quantitative 2003 also saw an extensive DEST-funded category that we have review’. external review of the School of been unable to offset completely by Professor Simon Sheather, Safety Science, as required by the increased enrolments of higher- Professor of Statistics, was listed in Faculty amalgamation process in degree students. the top 200 mathematicians 2001, but outcomes have not been This has caused the Faculty to worldwide for cited research 1993 to finalised and the Vice-Chancellor review and to restructure its 2003. The list was compiled by ISI has called for additional marketing and recruitment activities Essential Science Indicators and submissions/discussions at the School for the local, national and inter- published in the Australian and Faculty level. A review decision national markets. Locally, we are in Mathematical Society Gazette 2003. will be made in the first half of 2004. the process of establishing a small, Professor John Roberts, National Throughout the Western professional team to provide an Australia Bank Professor of hemisphere, the declining high school improved recruitment outcome that Marketing, won the American student participation in the ‘enabling focuses as much on the quality of the Marketing Association’s Advanced sciences’ has had significant flow-on students as it does on quantity. Research Techniques Forum Best effects for tertiary institutions. In Internationally, we will work more Paper Award. Australia, this decline in science- closely with the UNSW Inter- Marketing lecturer, Dr Kristen based enrolments has been the focus national Office and collaborate more Rotte, won the American Marketing of two major reports to the State frequently and more effectively with Association’s Technology and and Australian Governments by the other Faculties as appropriate and Innovation Special Interest Group’s Australian Council of Deans of with the Faculty of Engineering in annual award for best dissertation Science. The second of these reports, particular. and was also runner-up for the released in November 2003, com- The Faculty’s Community Academy of Marketing Science’s best mented on the fact that government Outreach can be found on p 48. dissertation award. inaction (or ineffective action) will Dr Chongwoo Choe, cause problems for Australia’s econ- AUSTRALIAN GRADUATE (Economics), won the Shimomura omic growth over the next several SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT Fellowship for 2003, awarded by the years and has urged swift and The AGSM finished 2003 in a Development Bank of Japan, to fund appropriate action. In New South strong position appointing as Dean a three-month research visit to a Wales, preliminary data suggest a Mr Robert McLean, formerly Japanese university. slight upward trend for science-based McKinsey & Co Managing Partner AGSM Faculty were also study at high school (years 11 and 12) for Australia. appointed to prestigious positions in for 2003/2004, though it is too early AGSM’s Faculty received a academic associations. Professor to determine whether this welcome number of awards during the year. Jeremy Davis, AMP Professor of trend will continue. Professors Philip Yetton, Lex Management, was elected President The declining interest in science- Donaldson and Robert Wood of the Strategic Management based study has significant budgetary received international acclaim for Society. Professor Timothy Devinney, impacts on the Faculty. The consider- their organisational behaviour AGSM Professor of Management, able funds provided to UNSW by the theories and their published research was elected to the Executive Department of Education, Science was rated as among the world’s most Committee and President-Elect and Training (DEST) are determined influential in their field of expertise. position of the International by physical enrolments, and it has These AGSM Faculty are the only Management Division of the

43 Academy of Management. Professor business schools in Australia. The aspects of the Agreement to better John Roberts, also served as a Trustee magazine also ranked the AGSM position itself to deliver educational of the US-based Marketing Sciences 69th in the world for its full-time services to Defence. The 12 Schools Institute. MBA, and advanced the AGSM 15 which had been in existence since AGSM Faculty participated in places in its business school MBA the establishment of the Academy high level business and government world ranking for research output for were rationalised to five to provide fora, reinforcing the strong links 2002, bringing it to 37th place. The greater economies of scale for between the AGSM and business. Graduate Management Association each organisational unit, reduce Professor Jeremy Davis, AMP rated AGSM amongst the top duplication of effort, encourage Professor of Management, served Australian programs, with five stars. interdisciplinary collaboration and as Chair of the Board of Directors During the year, a further respond to shifts in student demand. of Gradipore Ltd for 2002-2003 $50,000 in Dean’s Scholarships was One of the new Schools, and for XRT Ltd; as Deputy Chair offered for students from socially reflecting a Defence requirement, of the Board of Directors of AMWIN disadvantaged or under-represented is the School of Business which Mgt P/L and as a Director on the groups, in addition to its significant will deliver an innovative Bachelor Board of Transurban City Link Ltd. annual pool of student scholarships. of Business degree program com- Professor Christopher Adam, Prof- Continuing its commitment to mencing in 2004. Workshop and essor of Finance, served as a Director present the latest management technical support for the laboratory- of ORIX Australia Corporation Ltd thinking, AGSM attracted several based disciplines has been rationalised and as Chair of its Remuneration high-profile guest speakers including in the light of the new School Committee. Professor Simon Mr Rob Ferguson, Mr Rob Hunt, organisation. Committees dealing Sheather, was a member of the Dr Paula Stern (former head of the with academic matters have been Australian Government’s ARC Expert US International Trade Commission restructured to achieve a more Advisory Committee on Mathematics, and currently President of economic efficient administration and promote Information and Communication analysis and international trade increased interaction between Sciences for 2002-2004. advisory firm, The Stern Group), disciplines. The Student Adminis- AGSM‘s MBA, EMBA, Ms Luise Elsing, Professor John trative Services restructure was executive courses and customised Worthington and Dr Daniel completed to provide a more client- training programs continued to Kahneman, 2002 Nobel Prize focused and efficient service for perform well in international and winner for Economics. students. The Library, information national business school rankings, technology, printing, design, web- reinforcing AGSM’s position as UNIVERSITY COLLEGE based teaching and media services Australia’s leading business school. (AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE have been integrated into a new Asia-Inc. magazine ranked ACADEMY) Academic Support Group. With AGSM’s full-time MBA program The main achievement for the establishment of larger Schools first in Australia and included it in UNSW@ADFA during 2003 was and the Academic Support Group, the league of 15 best MBA business the successful completion of the need for the Graduate Studies schools in the Asia Pacific region. negotiations with the Department Institute diminished and its roles The Australian Financial Review’s of Defence for a new Agreement have been subsumed largely within Boss magazine ranked AGSM in the between the Australian Government the Schools. top band of leading business schools and UNSW to provide for the The new Agreement informs for the second consecutive year (full- educational services at the Australian the UNSW@ADFA Strategic Plan time and part-time MBA). Forbes Defence Force Academy (ADFA). for the next five years and this in ranked AGSM ninth in the non-US The Agreement for the next 10 years turn informs the University’s schools segment – no other Asia was signed on 11 December and Academic Strategic Planning Pacific school was included in the recognises the continuing service program. rankings. The Financial Times (UK) of the University to the nation. In late 2003, the new positions ranked AGSM’s executive education The University completed a of Associate Dean (Education) and as first in the Asia Pacific and major process of change management Associate Dean (Research) were Australia, and its EMBA first for at the Academy, taking into account established, consistent with UNSW

44 policy. The Associate Deans will In addition to $2.54M in external development of hypersonic research, work together with the Rector research funding for 2003, researchers which is an emerging strength at and Deputy Rector to enhance the won a further $755,000 in Australian ADFA. The signing of a Memoran- strategic management and develop- Research Council (ARC) funding for dum of Understanding between three ment of education and research projects to commence in 2004. of Australia’s largest universities, two respectively, and ensure that ADFA researchers have also been State Governments and the UNSW@ADFA contributes to the successful in obtaining ARC funding Australian Government, establishing excellence of the educational experi- for research projects in collaboration an Australian Hypersonics Initiative, ence and research activities of the with other universities and research will pave the way for further national University as a whole. centres, such as the ARC Centre for and international interest in hyper- In 2003, undergraduate enrol- Complex Systems at the University of sonics research at ADFA. ments increased as the delayed entry, Queensland and the ARC Centre of An exciting development arising and hence reduced intake of Navy Excellence for Quantum Computer from the invigorated research pro- students in 2000, worked itself out Technology at UNSW. Further gram at ADFA is the formation of of the system. Total enrolments research funding flows through suc- the Australian Security Technologies number 932 compared with 827 in cessful competitive grants held in Integration Network which provides 2002. Postgraduate enrolments conjunction with external agencies the groundwork for a positive and numbered 779 compared with 838 such as AINSE and CSIRO. mutually beneficial approach to col- in the previous year, with this This year UNSW@ADFA laboration amongst researchers. decrease being in coursework pro- developed some major external Other members of the Network grams. The new Agreement will research collaborations which will include the Department of Foreign allow UNSW@ADFA to vigorously contribute to the quality of the Affairs and Trade, the Australian market its postgraduate programs to University’s research and increase Customs Service, the National Defence and civilians in the general interaction with the community. Of Research Council and other community. major significance has been the Australian universities.

45 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— COMMUNITY OUTREACH

FACULTIES programs, assisted in community when they return to their own UNSW academics and general staff groups and participated in leadership communities. forums. Professor Clive Kessler, conduct an enormous amount of COFA Associate Professor Michael community outreach activities Continuing its commitment to Humphrey (Sociology and throughout the year – both on a outreach to the community, the Anthropology) and other staff gave Faculty or discipline level and School of Art Education organised personally. Below are details of this media interviews, especially in the the COFA ARTEXPRESS exhibit- important University work. context of international political ion, which continued its record- events. ARTS AND SOCIAL SCIENCES breaking crowds, attracting more In the local community, Dr Paul BUILT ENVIRONMENT than 10,000 visitors. The School also Brown (History and Philosophy of The Faculty’s outreach project, ‘The mounted a successful symposium for Science) completed Sixty Thousand Sustainable Living Competition’, was art educators considering the Body Barrels, an award-winning again a great success with a record of Work in the HSC curriculum and documentary about resident activism. number of entries from high schools an introductory Workshop in Digital The Media and Communications and more than 500 students from Media. Both were well supported undergraduate student creative across the country gathering for the by art and design teachers from multimedia exhibition was attended awards ceremony in December. Eco- throughout the State. by more than 600 visitors. Close Innovate 03, a project developed by links with the Japanese, Korean, ENGINEERING the Faculty’s Centre for a Sustainable Greek and Spanish communities On the eve of UNSW Expo 2003 in Built Environment in partnership were fostered through the School of September, an interactive exhibition with the United Nations Modern Languages. Music and of the Faculty’s work was attended Environment Program and its youth Music Education staff provided by some 400 industry representatives education partner, Bayer, was held in broadcast public performances on in Leighton Hall at The Scientia. campus, in Sydney and interstate. In July. More than 100 young people Learning materials on renewable Philosophy, Professor Philip Cam between the ages of 15 and 23 from energy technologies sent to high worked on the development of the Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, schools across the country by the tools and procedures of philosophical Thailand, Indonesia, India and Centre for Photovoltaic Engineering, inquiry for the school classroom in China converged at UNSW and the received very favourable comments association with schools in Faculty for an intensive week of and the School of Computer Science Queensland. Other staff members workshops and lectures aimed at and Engineering was also successful in participated as academic assessors, developing in delegates a capacity to its introductory computing program coordinators of community start up eco-innovation projects held for primary school girls. The

46 Faculty also hosted 80 high-achieving of the Indonesian consumer, most in need of assistance. students in the Honeywell environment and social development The Australian Human Rights Engineering Summer School. movements to meet with more than Centre (AHRC) completed a wide

LAW 80 leaders of Australian community range of research projects including The Faculty of Law was founded on organisations at national and State ‘A National approach to supporting a commitment to social justice and level. The SJP Director was also human rights and social justice advocacy Chair of the inaugural National makes significant community and education in light of Australia’s Anti-Poverty Week and contributed outreach contributions. declining commitment to human rights the principal chapters on social With generous support from standards’, a project conducted jointly policy to two books assessing, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander by the AHRC and Australian respectively, the achievements of the Services, the Indigenous Law Lawyers for Human Rights, and Hawke and Howard governments. Centre published eight issues of the funded by the Myer Foundation and Indigenous Law Bulletin, which Kingsford Legal Centre ran the the Wynn Family Trust. The AHRC provides a round-up of developments first Australian clinical course for also reaches the wider community in legislation, case law, service delivery First Year Indigenous law students, with its publications - The Australian and policy issues to advocates, published the Guide to clinical courses Journal of Human Rights (two students, lawyers and the general in Australian universities, undertook editions) and The Human Rights public. The Centre also produced the research on legal aid issues, prepared Defender (three editions). Australian Indigenous Law Reporter, submissions to the Senate Inquiry on The Faculty contributed to the which brings together commentary, Legal Aid and hosted visits from promotion of human rights law and case notes, extracts and reports on Vietnamese and Iranian Human values in the Asia-Pacific region Australian and international law. A Rights officials. As usual, the Centre through its support for The Diplo- project to index the digital archive ran courses for final year law students macy Training Program (DTP), of both the Bulletin and Reporter is and provided legal assistance to more established by Nobel Laureate, José underway and by March 2004, the than 2,000 disadvantaged members Ramos Horta. The DTP ran three contents of the first 20 years of the of the community. courses for human rights defenders Bulletin will be available in searchable, The National Children’s and in 2003 with funding from the Myer full-text format. Youth Law Centre (NCYLC) Foundation, Save The Children, The Social Justice Project (SJP) priority project this year was to New Zealand Aid and Caritas initiated a major Neighbours coordinate the NGO report on Australia. The regional human rights Program aimed at strengthening Australia’s implementation of the defenders program was held in interaction between leaders of Convention on the Rights of the Bangkok in February with advocates key community organisations in Child. With the assistance of Centre from across the region. In August, a Australia and neighbouring volunteers, a submission was program was held in Subic Bay with countries. With funding from the prepared seeking accreditation for the Indigenous community represent- Myer and Dunstan Foundations, NCYLC with consultation status as atives from across the Philippines joint visits to Indonesia and an NGO to the UN Committee on and in November a regional training Malaysia were arranged by the heads the Rights of the Child, allowing it program was held in Fiji on of the Australian consumer, to address the UN for the purposes children’s rights in the Pacific. A environment, social welfare and of the report. new Director, Patrick Earle, was union movements. More than 40 In 2003, the National Pro Bono appointed in May 2003 and in July meetings were organised involving Resource Centre joined the Faculty 2003 Westpac hosted a talk by more than 100 community leaders of Law. It is an independent, non- DTP’s founder José Ramos Horta to and other experts. Directions for profit organisation that aims to launch a new fundraising appeal. Action were agreed at a final encourage pro bono legal services, The Communications Law roundtable session in each country, support lawyers and law firms to Centre’s work in media and including the establishment of the provide high quality pro bono legal communications included a research Neighbours Program on a services and work with the profession consultancy from the Australian continuing basis. The SJP then and the community sector to match Communications Authority which organised return visits by the heads services with the clients and groups was instrumental in the Authority’s

47 decision to act to improve consumer high school students, industry, The annual Professional contracts used in the industry. The government organisations and other Development Program for HSC Centre’s detailed complaint under the community groups visiting these Biology teachers includes lectures on Broadcasting Services Act led to the facilities each year. These visitors Forensic Medicine, the latest on Australian Broadcasting Authority comprise an important component of Neuroscience and workshops on referring several matters relating to the 20,000 visitors to the Museum Human Evolution and radio station 2UE to the Department annually, and this is set to increase in Biotechnology. More than 100 of Public Prosecutions. 2004. Community-oriented guided teachers from around New South The European Law Centre tours and health education programs Wales attend these highly respected organised very well-attended public are provided by Museum staff and programs, delivered by science and lectures, with keynote speakers volunteers with experience in medicine, medical specialists. including the present and former nursing and science teaching. The Hall of Health and the Foreign Ministers of Poland and Established in 1996, the Museum plan to expand their activi- held a conference on ‘Implications Museum produces special exhibitions ties in public health programs and of Enlargement for the Rule of such as ‘Faded Genes’ and ‘Health service to the community through Law and Constitutionalism in Post- Hazards in the Workplace’, attracting creating awareness of health issues Communist Legal Orders’. local, national and international and the prevention of disease.

The Baker & McKenzie visitors. The Hall of Health and the SCIENCE Cyberspace Law and Policy Centre Museum have participated in several The highly successful Outreach cohosted a short film festival with other major projects including Centre for Science programs contin- the Office of the Federal Privacy National Science Week, Siemens ued to attract school students and Commissioner and helped establish Science Experience, the National collaborations with industry, leading the Asia-Pacific Privacy Charter Trust Heritage Festival and other scientific organisations and the com- Council, a NGO of privacy experts, outreach activities. The Museum munity. The Science in the City pro- advocates and former regulators staged special events during the 2003 gram, held during National Science seeking to create a regional standard UNSW EXPO, providing exposure Week in association with the for developing privacy law. to thousands of visitors. Australian Museum, the University The Gilbert + Tobin Centre A long-term project was com- of Sydney and other institutions, of Public Law hosted the National pleted to produce a set of Museum attracted large crowds. Forum: The War on Terrorism and information sheets to improve the Science@UNSW also runs the the Rule of Law, which included an quality of the visitor experience. US Jason Project with State primary innovative audio webcast to the Enhancement of the Museum web- and secondary school students spend- wider community. site for use by schools and others was ing time on campus. Other outreach also launched at the start of 2003. programs included the Siemens MEDICINE The ‘Interactive Images’ is a popular Science Experience, Astronomy on The Faculty of Medicine is constantly resource for HSC students and their the Go which tours metropolitan and working with the community in the teachers and this link has received regional schools and the distribution provision of health care. The majority three prestigious international awards. of the Science@UNSW Chaos of the Faculty’s academic staff also The Museum assists other magazine to high schools across New work in public hospitals or general museums with exhibitions, has South Wales. In addition, the Faculty medical practices across New South provided invited speakers at national sponsored a prize for secondary Wales and many lecturers are and international conferences and science teachers with assistance form conjoint staff, in that they are recently received a government grant the Science Teachers Association of employed externally and provide to purchase equipment to improve New South Wales. teaching services at no charge, but as data collection and cataloguing work. their contribution to the profession. Museum resources have been further OTHER UNIVERSITY UNITS The Faculty’s Hall of Health and enhanced by the generous donation Other UNSW units also expend sig- Museum of Human Disease offer of equipment from Cochlear Ltd and nificant effort in their community significant community outreach with Medtronic, adding to the range of outreach activities. (See also more than 6,000 New South Wales bionic devices on display. Community Partnerships p 95).

48 ENVIRONMENT household-based greenhouse gas THE UNSW ART COLLECTION The Environment Management abatement program. The major activity during 2003 Program (EMP) Ecoliving Program was the completion of an online UNSW UNION achieved another lively year of self- database which will go live in 2003 saw a further consolidation of funded activities involving the local February 2004. Information on the University and the University community, councils, schools, ethnic, nearly 1200 works of art will be Union’s community outreach youth and disability support organi- available using a searchable inter- programs. In addition to the long- sations and job training programs. face and images will also be avail- established, and very successful Media exposure for Ecoliving – and able where copyright permission has Orientation Week, Artist in Residence by extension, promotion for UNSW been granted. A major acquisition Workshops, Shack Tutoring, Students – included coverage on the Channel for the Art Collection was ‘Globe’, Teaching Students and Creative 9 Today Show, Better Homes and the Sculpture on the Mall purchas- Development Courses, greater Gardens (TV and magazine), Totally ed with funds from the U-Committee emphasis was placed on programs Wild and Gardening Australia (TV and the Vice-Chancellor and that involved the local and business and magazine), regular appearances launched in November. on Triple J radio, reportage on ABC communities. Radio National and articles in the Learning the Lingo provided a HOME INSTRUCTION PROGRAM FOR Sydney Morning Herald and social support network that brought PRE-SCHOOL YOUNGSTERS PROGRAM Australian newspapers. together local and international (HIPPY) The Ecoliving display at Garden- students. Fusion Forums provided Launched in 2002, the very successful ing Australia Live in September won a unique volunteering opportunity activity HIPPY program is a a two- the exhibition’s award for Environ- for UNSW students interested in year pilot program based at La mental Excellence. Workshops and cultural issues to interact with local Perouse Primary School which aims seminars on rainwater tanks, solar high school students. The 2003 is to better prepare children for school, housing, energy conservation, perma- Unsweetened Literary Program thereby improving their educational culture and organisational culture promoted student writing through and longer-term employment change were also included among the association with the Sydney Writers prospects. The University undertook Ecoliving Program’s community edu- Festival, and the Student Leadership the role of auspice body and the cational activities. ‘Cool Communities’ Alumni Program provided ongoing program has been so successful that funding from the Australian Green- opportunities for students to develop the Australian Government, under house Office was renewed for 2004, their leadership skills through the Stronger Families and in recognition of the outstanding interaction with the business Communities Strategy, this year work of Ecoliving coordinator community and international approved a one-year extension of the Cameron Little in delivering this students. program with a grant of $76,300.

49 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

he core mission of the Division number of enhancements to There was also significant change Tof Information Services (IS) is underlying administrative systems. in the structure of IS, with the to deliver high quality, enterprise- Significant progress was made creation of an IT services unit and an wide information services to, and in in many areas of the IT plan during IT planning and architecture partnership with, the University the year. The University’s inter- function. IS is now supported by four community. This will be achieved actions with students at the stage of major teams: Enterprise IT Services through a value/cost relationship application, admission and re- (EITS), a highly client-focused, day- where the costs of IS are clearly enrolment have now largely been to-day service unit; Enterprise IT related to the value it adds to the enabled by a new, web-based online Infrastructure (EI), the centre of University; the delivery of timely environment. Prototype databases excellence for technology and effective information services at using new end-user oriented query infrastructure management; Business targeted service levels and costs; tools have been developed and are Systems Development Services operational excellence in the deliv- now being evaluated by the user (BSDS); and the Office of the Chief ery of IT projects and services, and community in anticipation of a IT Architect, responsible for IT developing the internal capabilities more general move towards a data strategic planning, architecture to learn, innovate and exploit future warehouse in 2004. Work is well and policy development. opportunities. advanced in selecting a new software The development of Faculty 2003 saw the first year of package to manage research grants ‘Strategic Business Units’ execution of a formalised plan for IT and the analysis of requirements for underpinned by support services, investment which was developed research student management is requires central service areas such as during a planning process completed underway. A new holistic approach IT to demonstrate alignment to in 2002. This plan identifies the need to corporate records information Faculty needs through their own for significant investment in online management is being developed. planning processes. The IS strategic services to enhance the student The governance model for plan complements this new UNSW experience at UNSW; new systems to IT within the University was also operating model and IS initiatives manage research grants and students; enhanced during 2003, with the resonate well with senior Faculty consolidation and advancement of the establishment of management staff. Nevertheless, feedback from University’s use of educational committees to oversee the operation strategic IT project steering technology; initiatives to integrate of, and future strategy for, admini- committees indicate that IS needs to and make more accessible the strative systems, and a cross- communicate more effectively, considerable information stored in University infrastructure management particularly with members of the the University’s IT systems; and a committee. academic community.

50 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND DEVELOPMENT

n 2003, Public Affairs and The official launch of the the Clancy Auditorium with speaker IDevelopment (PAD) continued to National Information and Commun- Dr Klaus Töpfer, Executive Director function as the operational arm of ications Technology Australia of the United Nations Environ- the UNSW Alumni Association and (NICTA) centre was held in February mental Program, and UN Under- the UNSW Foundation. PAD also at the Australian Technology Park. Secretary-General, Director-General undertook fundraising and develop- Speakers included Senator the Hon of the United Nations Office at ment activities, in addition to coordi- Richard Alston, the Hon Dr Nairobi. The lecture ‘Sustainable nating a comprehensive range of Brendan Nelson MP, the Hon Kim consumption: What role for con- events, marketing and media liaison Yeadon MP, Mr Neville Roach, AO sumers? What role for producers?’ activities. (Chair, NICTA) and Professor Brian attracted close to 1,000 people. In August 2003, Jane Bloomfield Anderson, AO (CEO, NICTA). The inaugural Sydney Alumni was appointed as Pro-Vice-Chancellor A new event on the annual cal- Cocktail Reception took place in Institutional Advancement, signalling endar was the Vice-Chancellor’s August with more than 100 alumni a name change for PAD and the ‘Welcome to New Staff ’ reception, from around New South Wales expansion of the portfolio to include held in April, which provided an attending to meet the Vice- development, corporate and founda- opportunity for more than 30 new Chancellor and other alumni and tion relations, international advance- staff and postdoctoral researchers to reconnect with the University. ment, communications, advancement meet the Vice-Chancellor and other Overseas alumni events this year services, alumni relations, the UNSW members of the University. included receptions in Shanghai and Alumni Association and the UNSW The annual Anniversary Dinner Bangkok, as well as the usual annual Foundation. in July (formerly the Foundation dinners and receptions in Hong Kong, Dinner) celebrates the founding of Kuala Lumpur, Beijing and Singapore. EVENTS the University and this year attracted These events provided an opportunity UNSW Expo was the largest event some 400 guests. Speakers included for UNSW academic and general in 2003 attracting approximately the Hon Justice Michael Kirby, AC staff to develop closer ties with alum- 40,000 visitors to the campus. This CMG; Councillor Dominic Sullivan, ni and business contacts in these cities, four-yearly event was held in early Mayor of Randwick and Mr Alan and for UNSW to build its reputa- September to showcase the varied Madden, Elder of the Gadigal tion in the Asia-Pacific region. The teaching and research activities People of the Eora Nation, who annual alumni events at the University undertaken on campus and highlight offered a welcome to Country. continued with the Alumni AGM the University’s achievements and Also in July, the Jack Beale and President’s Reception, held in strengths. Environmental Lecture was held in April, and the Alumni Awards

51 Reception in October, both attended MEDIA ADVERTISING by more than 100 guests. A range of internal and external com- In 2001, the Vice-Chancellor’s The High Achievers Reception, munications were produced for the Advisory Committee agreed to trial held in October to showcase and University in 2003. Media advised the placing of advertising by PAD. honour talented students was attend- the Senior Management Group on The trial is now in its third year and ed by some 170 people, including communication strategies and man- has maximised the University’s pur- teachers from the students’ former aged all dealings with external media. chasing power, optimised the time high schools. It showcased UNSW research and and effort expended and provided an The Events Team is also other achievements through the enhanced source of advice for adver- responsible for cooperating with monthly Uniken magazine and on the tising opportunities and placements. Faculties and Units for launches in UNSW website (www.unsw.edu.au). PAD continued to negotiate an the many fields of academic endeav- approximately 15 per cent discount our and relationship building includ- CORPORATE WEBSITE on all advertising placements for ing the launch of the ‘Road to Refugee’ In December 2002, the UNSW website Faculties, Schools and Centres, con- program for the Centre for Refugee was redesigned with new content and tinuing reduced rate structures, dis- Research; the opening of the renova- improved navigation to offer a cleaner, tress placements and free advertising, tions to the Materials Science more attractive and more usable site regular priority positions, no load- Building for the Faculty of Science; for visitors, staff and students. The ings for prime positions and full- and the Vice-Chancellor’s ‘U site also boasts the latest in web con- colour placements at the cost of Committee Morning Tea’ which hon- tent management technology, allow- mono. ours the U Committee’s fundraising ing content ownership to be distrib- More than 1000 advertisements efforts for projects that would other- uted to the business units that create it. were placed in 2003 across 100 wise not go ahead. These included The new website posted dra- publications. The placement of the UNSW Sports Association’s Sam matic increases in usage throughout advertisements saved UNSW more Cracknell Pavilion, the Solar Racing 2003, proving its worth as a spring- than $300,000 and achieved Team (Faculty of Engineering) and board for Faculties and Schools, the maximum exposure and positioning. the announcement of a $40,000 Student Gateway and the Library, Bus advertising and regional science prize to mark the the U as well as a showcase for news television commercials were used for Committee’s 40th anniversary. stories, alumni, corporate facilities the first time by UNSW in 2002 and The final event for 2003 was and special events such as UNSW continued into 2003, with good the University Reception, held to Expo. From an initial 5,000 daily results for the advertised services. recognise the achievements of the visitors, the site now averages more University community throughout than 12,000 visitors, peaking at the year and attended by more than over 13,000 during the start of the 500 academic and general staff. academic year.

52 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— UNSW ALUMNI ASSOCIATION

n 2003, five outstanding alumni children, Aborigines, the disabled balloon angioplasty, and the slowing Iwere awarded the prestigious and disadvantaged minorities, serving of tumour growth by inhibiting UNSW Alumni Award for their out- on the Ethnic Communities Council angiogenesis. He also actively standing contributions to the of New South Wales and the supports the Australian-Armenian University and to the quality of Federation of Ethnic Communities community. broader community. The recipients Councils of Australia for 20 years. Four Alumni Scholarships were were Mr David Gonski AO, Professor Jennie Brand-Miller is awarded in 2003 and four final year (BCom’76 LLB ’77), for services to internationally recognised for her students were presented with Alumni Business and Commerce, Ms Vivi work on diet and diabetes, Graduand Awards in recognition Koutsounadis-Germanos OAM (BA particularly the glycaemic index of of their significant services to the ’69, DipPsychol ’71) for services to the foods – she is Director of the community and those in need – Community and for services to University of Sydney Glycaemic Mr Shaun Chau, for promoting Science and Technology, Professor Index Research Service and Chair of Indigenous peoples’ rights and social Jennie Brand-Miller (BSc (Hons) ’75, Glycaemic Index Ltd – her analysis justice issues; Mr Dean Kelly, for PhD ’79),Dr Robyn Ward (MBBS and compilation of Australian his volunteering and leadership; ’84, PhD ’94) and Professor Levon Aboriginal bush foods and passionate Mr David Trinh, for mentoring and Khachigian (BSc ’86, PhD ’93). interest in the diet of our ancestors. helping the young and underprivileged; Mr David Gonski, solicitor and Dr Robyn Ward is a leading and Mr John Vedelago, for volunteering Chair of Investec Wentworth Pty researcher and clinician in the field and fostering community outreach. Limited, is a director of significant of cancer management, treatment The Student Alumni Associates Australian companies, Chair of and information, establishing the St program was introduced in 2002 and Arthur Boyd’s Gift to the Nation, Vincents Hospital Familial Cancer 2003 has seen a rise in its profile Bundanon, President of the Art Service and serving on the among enrolled students. This Gallery of New South Wales and a Pharmaceutical Benefits Advisory program was established in order to member of the Prime Minister’s Committee and its Economics introduce current students to the Community Business Partnership, Subcommittee. Alumni Association, as studies and is widely regarded as a leading Professor Levon Khachigian has showed a lack of awareness about thinker on Australian corporate law. received many awards for his alumni links after graduation. In Ms Vivi Koutsounadis- outstanding record of achievement in 2003, the Association held an O- Germanos is recognised as a welfare vascular research, especially that Week alumni awareness session, worker of remarkable energy and leading to new DNA-based drugs three successful Welcome BBQs, a dedication to migrants, women, that block arterial narrowing after student Lecture by Professor Ian

53 Lowe AO, (BSc ’67), and the first and the Law Alumni Chapter. In For the first time Alumni formal alumni-student link through addition, five local/international Receptions hosted by the Vice- the establishment of a UNSW networks were established (USA, Chancellor were held in Shanghai, Marketing Society. Honours Accounting, Marketing Beijing, Sydney and Melbourne, and In 2003 a review of the Alumni Society, Actuarial Studies and other overseas Alumni Receptions or website was undertaken, with the aim Commerce and Economics Alumni Dinners in 2003 included Hong of increasing the engagement of Leaders). Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore and alumni with UNSW through web- The Alumni Association Bangkok. based communications. Two print Volunteers maintained their regular A total of $55,016 in issues of the Alumni News magazine support services to UNSW one day membership fees and donations was and one of UNSW News were produced per week, as well as assisting with received from Contributing Members and distributed to UNSW alumni. greeting visitors to Graduation and donated to the University for Two new Chapters of the Ceremonies. The University is most alumni activities and to fund Alumni Association were launched in grateful for their continuing scholarships and awards. 2003, the Victorian Alumni Chapter, contributions in 2003.

THE UNSW ALUMNI ASSOCIATION BOARD OF GOVERNORS

Dr Jessica Milner Davis Dr Penny FitzGerald Mr Julian Reynolds (BA ’65, PhD ’73), President (PhD ’97) (BCom ’66)

Mr Peter Bergman Mr Rod Houng-Lee Dr Adrienne Thompson (BCom ’63), Vice-President (BCom ’80, LLB ’81) (PhD ’73)

Mrs Jennifer Horder Dato’ David Koh Professor Mark Uncles (BSc ’75, GradDip Public Health ’01) (BSc ’72) Ms Gabrielle Upton Vice-President Mr Jimmy Koh (BA LLB ’88) Dr Keith Bowling (BE ’64) Mr Gary Vaughan (Associate STC BSc ’52, PhD ’55) Ms Tristen Langley (BCom ’65, MA ’93) Mr Darren Challis (BSc ’99) (MBA ’00) Mr Charles McMonnies Mrs Linda Wilhelm (BSc ’66, MSc ’71) (BA ’76, DipEd ’77) Ms Julie Choo (BE ’02, MCom ’02) Mr Ray Maino Mr Su-Ming Wong (BE ’58) (MBA ’83) Ms Carole Elvin (GradDip ProfArtStud ’86, MFA ’91, Mr Peter Noble Mr Benjamin Zipser MArtEd ’95) (LLB BCom ’76) (BCom LLB ’92)

54 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— UNSW FOUNDATION

he University of New South in Mechanical and Manufacturing Other scholarships and prizes TWales Foundation Limited’s Engineering. Dr Shelley Phillips established in 2003 include the mission is to advance the financial generously donated $50,000 to Easson Geha Scholarship, the Peter and reputational capital of the establish the Shelley Phillips Harrison ‘Lexcen’ Scholarship, the University. During 2003 the UNSW Scholarship to encourage female Anita Borg Prize and the Murray Foundation raised in excess of students from rural Australia to Allen Prize for Computer Science $5.4M. Research and scholarships undertake undergraduate programs at and Engineering students. were once again the two major areas UNSW. The University received two of support. The Foundation also received large bequests for research during the Nineteen new scholarships and valuable support for Indigenous year. The David Morris Liver Cancer prizes were established in 2003 students with gifts from Qantas, Research Fund received a legacy of resulting from $802,874 received in AMP and the Commonwealth Bank $250,000 from the Estate of the Late gifts or pledges to be realised in to encourage study in the Faculty of Mr Eric Julian Caspary for future years. Commerce and Economics. In the experimental trials and research into A primary area of support was Faculty of Medicine, Mrs Una and liver cancer. A bequest of $400,000 for students from the country. The Mr Harley Wood donated $60,000 from the Estate of the Late Mr Bernard William Gould Scholarship towards the establishment of a scholar- Bruce Veness Chandler has was established with a gift of ship and an emergency assistance fund established the Bruce Veness $50,000 from the Gould family and for Indigenous medical students, as Chandler Award for research into will encourage students from rural well as support for trial field trips for Food Science and Technology. Australia to undertake undergraduate undergraduate medical students Commencing in 1998 the study in Civil and Environmental aimed at enhancing their knowledge Scientia Appeal was, at that time, Engineering. Similarly, the Marie and understanding of Indigenous the largest capital campaign ever Swan Memorial Scholarship, culture and health issues. conducted by a tertiary educational established by her son, Mr Mark Support also came from UNSW institution in Australia. The year Swan, will encourage students from staff with Associate Professor James 2003 marked the completion of the rural NSW to undertake study in Douglas pledging $100,000 to majority of pledges with more than Law. establish the Alma Douglas $5M being received. The Scientia has The GrainCorp Foundation Scholarship to encourage students to now become an integral part of the committed $24,000 to establish a undertake full-time study in the Kensington campus. scholarship for students from rural Bachelor of Science in Theoretical Support for the University came and isolated areas to undertake study Statistics. from a variety of areas including

55 corporations, such as Mitsubishi The University is always grateful and Mr Geoff and Mrs Vicki Development with a commitment of for the continued support of our Ainsworth has been invaluable. $150,000 over three years towards long-term donors and sponsors. The The UNSW Foundation greatly the establishment of the Mitsubishi financial support of Mr Peter Simon, appreciates the support it receives Lecture Series, as well as a Multiplex Constructions, Novus from alumni and friends and thanks scholarship and a prize in surface Petroleum, Freehills, Mr James and all who contributed in 2003. The mining. Other trusts and foundations Mrs Odette Ingram, Mr Ian Landon- support of the Foundation, and in included $20,000 from The Myer Smith, St Hilliers, Mr Russell Baxter, turn the University, is an investment Foundation for the Diplomacy Leighton Holdings, Gilbert + Tobin, in UNSW’s future – a vibrant legacy Training Program in the Faculty of the Adamovich Family, Baker & that will serve future generations of Law. McKenzie, Landerer & Company students and staff.

UNSW FOUNDATION BOARD OF DIRECTORS Emeritus Professor John Niland, AC (BCom ’63 MCom, ’67 HonDSc ’02), Chair

Mr Robert Barry Dr Wallace King, AM Mr Julian Reynolds (BCom ’70) (BE ’66 MEngSc ’68 HonDSc ’02) (BCom ’66)

Mr Alexander Boyarsky Ms Christine Liddy Mr Peter Ritchie, AO (BBuild ’66, MBA ’69) (BA ’73) (BCom ’66) Mr Neville Roach, AO Dr Ronald Lu Mr Michael Easson, AM (HonDSc ’01) (BA ’77) (Resigned Jan 04) (BArch ’70 HonDSc ’99) Ms Catherine Rossi Harris, PSM Mr Bob Mansfield, AO Mr David Gonski, AO (BCom ’71) (BCom ’75) (BCom ’76, LLB ’77) Mr Colin Ryan Mr Robert Maple-Brown (BCom ’63) Councillor Kathryn Greiner, AO (BCom ’65) (BSW ’69) (Resigned Nov 03) Mr Robert Sutton Mr Peter Mason, AM (BCom ’63, HonDUniv ’03) Dr John Hirshman, AM (BCom ’69 MBA ’72) (HonMD ’98) Sir William Tyree, OBE Mr Daniel Petre (Associate, STC ’49, HonDSc ’86) Mayor Lucy Hughes-Turnbull (BSc ’81) Mr Albert Wong (MBA ’85) (BCom ’81) Mr Simon Poidevin, AOM Professor Wyatt R Hume (BSc ’83) Dr John Yu, AC

56 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— MAJOR BENEFACTORS

he Univesity enjoyed wide Austal Ships P/L Associate Professor Tsupport throughout the Maritime Engineering Scholarship James Douglas (HonDSc ‘03) community in 2003 and records its Alma Douglas Scholarship gratitude to the following major Mr Anthony Balint (BCom ’94 benefactors who contributed $10,000 E G Property Group MCom ’96), Mr Michael Balint and Easson Geha Scholarship or more to the UNSW Foundation. Mr John Balint Eva and Emery Balint Scholarship Freehills AGL Freehills Law Library Partnership Bayer Australia Ltd Fund Mr J Russell Baxter Centre for Sustainable Built Baxter Family Supplementary Environment Postgraduate Scholarship Gilbert + Tobin Anthony Mason Chair in Law and Gilbert + Tobin Centre of Public Mr Geoff Ainsworth Law (BA ’73) and Mrs Vicki Ainsworth The Honourable Jack Beale AO (MB BS ’75) (ME’65, HonDSc ’97) Jack Beale Environment Fund University Scholars in Medicine Mrs Helen Goddard Program Prostate Cancer Research Fund

Mr Ian Burton The Gould Family Emeritus Professor UNSW BLUEsat Bernard William Gould Memorial Murray Allen and Scholarship Mrs D J Allen Murray Allen Prize for Computer Estate of the late Bruce Veness Science and Engineering Students Chandler Peter Harrison Bruce Veness Chandler Food Science (BCom ’68) & Technology Research Fund Peter Harrison ‘Lexcen’ Scholarship The Ambition Group on behalf of the Adamovich Family Associate Professor Gernot Heiser Hostworks Ltd on behalf of the Mr Murray Clarke (LLB BCom ’78) (BA ’95) Adamovich Family UNSW Rowing Club Anita Borg Prize Lucinda Adamovich Scholarship

Commonwealth Bank of Australia Commissioner Kevin Hoffman AMP Foundation Ltd Commonwealth Bank Indigenous (BArch ’66) Indigenous Scholarships Appeal Scholarship Commissioner Hoffman Scholarship

57 Dr Francis Hooper Multiplex Constructions (NSW) The Honourable Helen Sham-Ho Annual Appeal – Scholarships P/L MLC Multiplex Chair of Engineering Helen Sham-Ho Prize for Social Construction Innovation Work Studies Hungry Jack’s James N Kirby Foundation UNSW Sunswift The SIDA Foundation The Myer Foundation SIDA - Mary White Memorial W & H Webster Scholarship Diplomacy Training Program Inghams Enterprises P/L Transplant Immunology Research Dr Peter Simon AM (HonDSc’03) Novus Petroleum Ltd Home Telecare Fund Mr James Ingram AO and Mrs Novus Petroleum Scholarships Odette Ingram South Eastern Sydney Area Health Ingram Fund for International Law Service and Development Ms Helen Philpotts Surgical Oncology Research Fund Bundilla Scholarship

Kizzle P/L Mr Barry Stockbridge UNSW Water Polo Club Stockbridge Fellowship Dr Shelley Phillips Shelley Phillips Scholarship Mr Jimmy Koh (BE ’64) Mark Swan (LLB ’78 BJuris ’85) Alumni Association Singapore Marie Swan Memorial Scholarship Chapter Scholarship John Hubert Plunkett Society Chair in Irish Studies Endowment Sir William Tyree OBE (Associate Landerer & Company STC ’49, HonDSc ’86) and Lady Landerer Fellowship in Law Tyree Qantas Airways Limited Scientia Appeal Qantas Scholarship for Indigenous Students Mr Ian Landon-Smith (BE ’61) Mr Dominic Vitocco Landon-Smith Family Scholarship Estate of the Late Eric Julian Caspary Rodenstock Australia P/L David Morris Liver Cancer Research Rosemary Laing UNSW School of Optometry Fund (MFA ’96 MCom ’96) Building Appeal COFA Building Appeal Dr Ronald Ward (BE’62, PhD ’95) St Hilliers Contracting P/L Project Action Pty Ltd Scholarship Miss Sue Lomasney Randwick Rugby Club / St Hilliers Sarah Sharkey Scholarship Scholarship Mrs Una Wood Una & Harley Wood Cultural Camp Mitsubishi Development P/L Fund Mitsubishi Lecture Series in Surface The San Diego Foundation Una & Harley Wood Scholarship for Mining David Garlick Memorial Scholarship Indigenous Medical Students

58 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

PART THREE

60 _ MEMBERSHIP OF THE COUNCIL

62 _ MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL

63 _ COUNCIL AND COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ ATTENDANCE 2003

65 _ UNSW SENIOR OFFICERS

66 _ CODES OF CONDUCT THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— COUNCIL OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES

(AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2003)

OFFICIAL MEMBERS (THREE) MINISTERIAL APPOINTMENTS (FOUR) (for the terms of the respective offices) (four-year terms to 30 June 2006)

Dr John Samuel Yu, Ms Catherine Mary Rossi Harris, AC, MB BS (Hons) Syd,DCH RCP&S Lond, PSM, BCom UNSW,FAICD, FRACP, FRACMA, Chancellor Deputy Chancellor (four-year term) Mr Peter Edward Mason, AM, Professor Wyatt Rory Hume, BCom (Hons) MBA UNSW, FAICD BSc Dent (Hons) BDS PhD DDSc Adel, Mr John Henry Pascoe, Vice-Chancellor and President AO,BA LLB (Hons) ANU, AICD Professor Kevin Malcolm McConkey, The Hon Ms Susan Maree Ryan, BA (Hons) PhD Qld,FASSA, AO, BA Syd, MA ANU, AICD FAPS, President of the Academic Board (two-year term) ELECTED MEMBERS (ELEVEN) ELECTED GRADUATE MEMBERS (FOUR) PARLIAMENTARY MEMBERS (TWO) (four-year terms to 30 June 2006) (hold office until no longer a Member of Parliament or until replaced by election in Legislative Assembly Dr Penelope Anne FitzGerald, and Legislative Council) BSc (Hons) Syd,PhD UNSW, MIEAust, MRACI, MASM, MAWWA, MAWWA (US) The Hon Mr Peter Thomas Primrose, BSocSci Syd,MLC Mr Geoffrey Francis Lawson, (from 8 May 2003) OAM, BOptom UNSW,OAA

Mr Paul Ronald Pearce, Dr Jessica Ruth Milner Davis, MA Syd,Grad Dip Law Southern Cross, MP BA (Hons) PhD UNSW (from 27 May 2003) Ms Gabrielle Cecelia Upton, BA LLB UNSW,MBANY, MAICD

60 ELECTED MEMBERS OF ACADEMIC STAFF (FOUR) ELECTED STUDENT MEMBERS (TWO) (two-year terms to 30 June 2004) (two-year terms to 30 June 2004)

Associate Professor John Joseph Carmody, Mr David Alexander Hughes MD BS Qld, APPS, ASHM (undergraduate)

Ms Linda Margaret Scott, Professor Wai Fong Chua, BSc (Hons) UNSW (postgraduate) BA (Hons) PhD Sheff,ACA,CPA

Professor Jeremy Guy Ashcroft Davis, MEMBER APPOINTED BY COUNCIL (ONE) BEc Syd,MBA AM Stan,FAICD (four-year term to 2 August 2004) Associate Professor Raelene Frances, MA WA,PhD Monash Mr Brian Edward Suttor, BCom UNSW,FCA,CPA

CHANGES IN MEMBERSHIP DURING 2003 ELECTED MEMBER OF NON-ACADEMIC STAFF (ONE) (two-year term to 30 June 2004) The following ceased to be members of Council during 2003: The Hon Mrs Deirdre Mary Grusovin, MP Mrs Beverley Anne Crane, BA DipIM-Lib UNSW, Ms Lee Rhiannon, MLC GradDipAdultEd UTS The following became members of Council during 2003: Mr Paul Ronald Pearce, MP The Hon Mr Peter Thomas Primrose, MLC

61 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEES OF COUNCIL

(AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2003)

CHANCELLOR’S COMMITTEE FINANCE COMMITTEE Professor Maria Skyllas-Kazacos, Dr John S Yu, Chancellor Mr Peter E Mason (Presiding BSc PhD UNSW,FRACI, MES, (Presiding Member) Member) FIEAust, CPE Ms Catherine M R Harris, The Hon Ms Susan M Ryan (alternate Professor Jill McKeough, Deputy Chancellor (Deputy Presiding Member) BA/LLB UNSW,LLM Syd Professor Wyatt R Hume, Dr John S Yu, Chancellor RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE Vice-Chancellor and President Ms Catherine M R Harris, The Hon Ms Susan M Ryan* Professor Kevin M McConkey, Deputy Chancellor Ms Linda M Scott President, Academic Board Professor Wyatt R Hume, Vice- Ms Gabrielle C Upton Chancellor and President AUDIT COMMITTEE *(Presiding Member elected in Professor Kevin M McConkey, Mr Brian E Suttor January 2004) (Presiding Member) President, Academic Board Dr Jessica R Milner Davis Professor Jeremy G A Davis STUDENT AFFAIRS COMMITTEE Dr Penelope A FitzGerald Mr John H Pascoe HONORARY DEGREES COMMITTEE (Presiding Member) Mr James Anderson Dr John S Yu, Chancellor Professor Wyatt R Hume, BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS COMMITTEE (Presiding Member) Vice-Chancellor and President Professor Jeremy G A Davis Ms Catherine M R Harris, Professor Kevin M McConkey, (Presiding Member) Deputy Chancellor President, Academic Board Professor Wyatt R Hume, Professor Wyatt R Hume, Professor Adrian Lee, Vice-Chancellor and President Vice-Chancellor and President Pro-Vice-Chancellor Professor Kevin M McConkey, Professor Kevin M McConkey, Ms Crystal Condous, President, Academic Board President, Academic Board Registrar and Deputy Principal Mrs Beverley A Crane Mr John H Pascoe Associate Professor John J Carmody Mr Paul R Pearce, MP Ms Gabrielle C Upton Associate Professor Raelene Frances Ms Gabrielle Morrish BArch (Hons) Professor Peter F Alexander, BA Mr Geoffrey F Lawson UNSW,RAIA Witw, MA Leeds,PhD Camb,FAHA Mr David A Hughes Ms Caroline A Pidcock BSc (Arch) (alternate: Professor Barbara J Ms Linda M Scott Syd,RAIA Gillam, BA Syd,PhD ANU)

62 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— COUNCIL AND COMMITTEE MEMBERS’ ATTENDANCE IN 2003

n 2003, Council met 11 times, including two special the Risk Management Committee, or the Student Affairs Imeetings and one reconvened meeting. Committee. Academic matters are referred through the The business of Council is normally channelled through Academic Board. The agenda for the Council meeting is one of its standing committees, namely the Audit set by the Chancellor’s Committee. Committee, the Buildings and Grounds Committee, the During 2003, Council established a Risk Management Finance Committee, the Honorary Degrees Committee, Committee which will begin meeting in 2004.

Possible Attendances Actual Attendances COUNCIL Dr J S Yu 11 11 Ms C M Rossi Harris 11 10 Professor W R Hume 11 11 Professor K M McConkey 11 11 Associate Professor J J Carmody 11 10 Professor W F Chua 11 10 Mrs B A Crane 11 11 Professor J G A Davis 11 11 Dr P A FitzGerald 11 10 Associate Professor R Frances 11 10 The Hon Mrs D M Grusovin 2 2 Mr D A Hughes 11 10 Mr G F Lawson 11 4 Mr P E Mason 11 9 Dr J R Milner Davis 11 11 Mr J H Pascoe 11 9 Mr P R Pearce 7 5 The Hon Mr P T Primrose 8 5 Ms L Rhiannon 3 3 The Hon Ms S M Ryan 11 9 Ms L M Scott 11 10 Mr B E Suttor 11 10 Ms G C Upton 11 9

63 Possible Attendances Actual Attendances AUDIT Mr B E Suttor 5 5 COMMITTEE Professor W R Hume 5 4 Mr J H Anderson 5 5 Mr A N McMaster 3 2 Dr J R Milner Davis 5 5 Mr J H Pascoe 2 1 BUILDINGS Professor J G A Davis 4 4 AND Professor W R Hume 4 3 GROUNDS Professor K M McConkey 4 3 COMMITTEE Mrs B A Crane 4 3 The Hon Mrs D M Grusovin 1 1 Mr P R Pearce 2 1 Ms G Morrish 1 0 Ms C A Pidcock 1 1 CHANCELLOR’S Dr J S Yu 12 11 COMMITTEE Ms C M Rossi Harris 12 10 Professor W R Hume 12 12 Professor K M McConkey 12 11 FINANCE Mr P E Mason 8 8 COMMITTEE The Hon Ms S M Ryan 8 5 Dr J S Yu 8 7 Ms C M Rossi Harris 8 7 Professor W R Hume 8 7 Professor K M McConkey 8 6 Professor J G A Davis 8 8 HONORARY Dr J S Yu 3 3 DEGREES Ms C M Rossi Harris 2 2 COMMITTEE Professor W R Hume 3 3 Professor K M McConkey 3 3 Professor P F Alexander 3 2 Mr J H Pascoe 3 1 Professor M Skyllas-Kazacos 3 2 Ms G C Upton 3 2 STUDENT Dr P A FitzGerald 7 7 AFFAIRS Professor W R Hume 7 6 COMMITTEE Professor K M McConkey 7 7 Associate Professor J J Carmody 7 7 Ms C Condous 7 7 Associate Professor R Frances 7 7 Mr D A Hughes 7 7 Mr G F Lawson 7 4 Professor A Lee 7 6 Ms L M Scott 7 7

64 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— UNSW SENIOR OFFICERS IN 2003

VICE-CHANCELLOR AND PRESIDENT PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR DEAN, FACULTY OF ENGINEERING Professor WR Hume, (INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT) Professor B Parker, BScDent (Hons) BDS PhD DDSc Ms Jane Bloomfield, BSc(Eng) ARSM DIC PhD Lond, Adel,FRACDS, FACD, FICD BA USC (From 16 June 2003) CPEng, FIM, FIEAust REGISTRAR AND DEPUTY PRINCIPAL DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR DEAN, FACULTY OF LAW Ms C Condous, (RESEARCH) Professor L Trakman, BCom MLib UNSW Professor MS Wainwright, BCom LLB Cape Town,LLM SJD BAppSc MAppSc Adel,PhD McM, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER Harv DSc UniSA,CPEng, FTSE, Mr CM Lidbury, DEAN, FACULTY OF MEDICINE FRACI, FIEAust BCom UNSW, ASA Professor SB Dowton, PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMIC BOARD DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR MBBS MD Syd,FACMG, FRACP (INTERNATIONAL AND EDUCATION) Professor KM McConkey, DEAN, FACULTY OF SCIENCE Professor JE Ingleson, BA PhD Qld,FASSA, FAPS Professor DW Lincoln, BA MA WAust,PhD Monash DEAN, FACULTY OF ARTS AND BSc Nott, MA PhD Cantab, SOCIAL SCIENCES DEPUTY VICE-CHANCELLOR Professor A Hamilton, DSc Brist,FRSE (RESOURCES) MA PhD Syd (To 15 June 2003) Dr AJ Cameron, Associate Professor A Bagnara DEAN, FACULTY OF THE BSc BE Syd,DPhil Oxon,MS BSc PhD Melb (Mgmt of Tech) Polytech Univ NY, BUILT ENVIRONMENT Professor PA Murphy, (Acting from 16 June 2003) GAICD BA (Hons) Syd,PhD Macq,MPIA (From 1 September 2003) DEAN AND DIRECTOR, AUSTRALIAN MIAG GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR (From 10 October 2003 and was Professor C Martin, (RESEARCH) Acting Dean prior) MCom DipEd Melb,PhD Minn,FC Professor EM McLachlan, DEAN, COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS (Acting to 9 October 2003) BSc PhD DSc Syd,FAA Professor IG Howard, Professor R McLean BEc Stats NE,MBA Columbia PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR DipArtEd NAS,GradDip Film/TV (EDUCATION AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT) Middlesex, MFA C’dia (From 10 October 2003)

Professor A Lee, DEAN, FACULTY OF COMMERCE RECTOR, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BSc PhD Melb,FASM AND ECONOMICS AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE ACADEMY Professor G Whittred, Professor R J King, BCom Qld, MEc Syd,PhD UNSW BSc DipEd PhD Melb

65 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— CODE OF CONDUCT FOR MEMBERS OF COUNCIL

he Code of Conduct for mem- ship of the group qualifying the beside but does not of course Tbers of Council as approved by member for election or appoint- exclude or replace the rights and Council on 10 April 2000 is as fol- ment as a Councillor and is not obligations of staff under common lows (resolution CL000/16(b)): otherwise special or personal to law. the member is not an interest The University is a complex CODE OF CONDUCT FOR giving rise to an obligation to organisation comprising a diversity COUNCILLORS disclose. of populations which have different a A member of Council must act d A member of Council should relationships to one another. These with reasonable care, skill and not: may be relations of power and/or of diligence. (i) disclose confidential infor- status. It is essential in such a b A member of Council must act mation obtained in the community that all members honestly in the best interests of course of official duties; or recognise and respect not only their the University, at all times pre- (i) use such information to own rights and responsibilities but ferring the University’s benefit gain directly or indirectly also the rights and responsibilities to: a financial advantage for of other members of the community (i) his or her own personal himself or herself or for and those of the University itself. advantage, whether finan- any other person or The University recognises that cial or otherwise; organisation. many of its academic and other (ii) the advantage of any other professional staff are also bound by person or organisation; or THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH codes of conduct or ethics defined (iii) the advantage of the group WALES CODE OF CONDUCT by learned or professional societies qualifying the member for This Code of Conduct is intended or groups. Academic staff in election or appointment to to guide UNSW staff to identify particular have multiple allegiances: Council. and resolve issues of ethical conduct to their disciplines or profession at c When a member of Council that may arise in their employment. national and international levels possesses directly or indirectly It is designed to guide staff in their (the invisible colleges), to the an interest which conflicts with dealings with colleagues, students, academic profession; to the his or her duty to the the University, and the national community at large; and to the University, he or she should dis- and international community. The University. It is recognised that close that interest. An interest Code is written as a set of general these allegiances are not always in which arises solely as one which principles rather than detailed harmony. It is an obligation of a naturally follows from member- prescriptions. The Code stands staff member to weigh the

66 importance of these allegiances in should be disclosed to an privacy and undertake to keep each particular set of circumstances appropriate officer of the personal information in confi- and notify an appropriate officer of University and wherever feasible dence, including information the University where such conflict the staff member play no role in gained through case records does or may arise. decision-making that might be from outside the University. The University recognises and associated with that issue. protects the concept and practice With respect to their obligation of academic freedom as essential When a staff member, whose to the University, members of staff to the proper conduct of teaching, position or role entails supervisory should: research and scholarship within the or management duties, is notified or >refrain from representing University. While academic freedom becomes aware of a conflict or themselves as spokespersons is a right, it carries with it the potential conflict of interest, his or for the University unless duty of academics to use the her duty is to: authorised to do so; freedom in a manner consistent > inform the staff member >refrain from representing with a responsible and honest involved of the provisions of the themselves as acting for, or on search for and dissemination of Code of Conduct as a basis for behalf of, the University when knowledge and truth. Within the deciding on an appropriate way undertaking any outside work; ambit of academic freedom lies to handle the issue; >refrain from engaging in the traditional role of academics > where appropriate, notify the any outside work that would in making informed comment on matter to a more senior col- compromise their integrity societal mores and practice and in league for further attention. and independence; challenging held beliefs, policies > avoid improper use of the and structures. Where such With respect to their duty of care, resources of the University for comments are offered by academics members of staff should: private gain or the gain of a as members of the University it is >treat students and other staff third party; expected that those commentaries with respect; > foster collegiality among will lie within their expertise. That > not allow personal relationships members of the University expectation is not intended to to affect professional relation- community. restrict the right of any academic ships; to freely express their opinions >refrain from all forms of harass- With respect to conflicts of interest, in their private capacity as an ment; staff members: individual member of society. > give due credit to the contribu- >should take suitable measures tions of other members of staff to avoid, or appropriately deal Every member of staff of UNSW or students; with, any situation in which has three primary obligations: >refrain from acting in any way they may have, or be seen to >a duty of care to observe stan- that would unfairly harm the have, a conflict of interest dards of equity and justice in reputation and career prospects arising out of their relationship dealing with every member of of other staff or students; with another staff member the University community; >consider the desirability of or student. In particular, staff > an obligation to the University intervening constructively should avoid situations which in terms of responsible steward- where a colleague’s behaviour is may require them to supervise ship of its resources and protec- clearly in breach of this code, or assess a student with whom tion of its reputation in the and be prepared to report any they have, or have had, a per- wider community; suspected fraud, corrupt, crimi- sonal, commercial, familial or > an obligation to act appropri- nal or unethical conduct to an other significant relationship. ately when a conflict arises appropriate officer of the Similar considerations generally between a staff member’s own University; apply to the supervision of self interest and duty to the >consider the impact of decisions other staff. Where both a University. Where such conflict on the well-being of others; supervisory role and significant does or may arise, the issue >respect individuals’ rights to relationship between staff

67 members co-exist, supervision >must take care that their finan- must be openly seen to be of cial and other interests and the highest professional stan- actions do not conflict or seem dard and neither unfairly advan- to conflict with the obligations taging nor disadvantaging the and requirements of their supervisee; University position.

Facilities Management _ 10

Risk Management _ 10

University Controlled Entities _ 10

Legal Affairs _ 10

Publications _ 10

Freedom of Information _ 10

Equity and Diversity _ v

Ethnic Affairs Priority Statement _ 10

Human Resources and Industrial Relations _ 10

68 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

PART FOUR

70 _ FACILITIES MANAGEMENT

76 _ RISK MANAGEMENT

80 _ UNIVERSITY-CONTROLLED ENTITIES

84 _ LEGAL AFFAIRS

85 _ PUBLICATIONS

86 _ FREEDOM OF INFORMATION

88 _ EQUITY AND DIVERSITY

93 _ ETHNIC AFFAIRS PRIORITY STATEMENT

100 _ HUMAN RESOURCES AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— FACILITIES MANAGEMENT

PLANNING AND POLICY internal review which was under- also began regarding the relocation of nder the new reporting line for taken in the latter part of 2003. facilities at Little Bay for the UFacilities, through the Deputy At the end of 2003, a process Biological Resources Centre, sport Vice-Chancellor (Resources), a was initiated to select a planning and other activities, such as Solarch. framework was established to under- consultant to review the proposed Support was provided in the take an annual strategic asset man- major zone of development in the process of developing facilities for agement assessment process. This lower campus which includes the the School of Rural Health. New will parallel the budget process and proposed Law building; the Heffron facilities at Wagga Wagga Hospital will review capital, maintenance and building refurbishment, the proposed were opened in refurbished former operation expenditure on facilities Analytical Centre; the consolidation nurses quarters and planning was and infrastructure. It will assess cur- of the School of Chemical Sciences well advanced for new facilities at rent liabilities and risks and develop in the Heffron and Dalton Buildings; Coffs Harbour, Port Macquarie and scenarios for projects to address these and the aggregation of the Faculty of Albury. issues. It will be established to receive Commerce and Economics in the Support was provided to the input from the Vice-Chancellor’s Heffron and Quadrangle Buildings. College of Fine Arts (COFA) in Academic Plan and to incorporate This process is the prelude to an pursuing development consent for facilities and infrastructure change or ongoing review of the Master Plan the proposed redevelopment of the improvement programs arising from and the Campus Development Western half of the Paddington this. Strategy and the creation of a unified campus, centred on a new museum In parallel, more rigorous project master development strategy, as an and gallery facility, an enhanced process documentation and output of the strategic asset library building and access and public accompanying procedures have been management assessment process. space improvement. instigated to provide greater clarity A high level consultant team Further support was provided to for project staff and as a means of worked on the BioHub project and Shalom College which undertook enhancing management transparency. late in the year moved on surveying development on its leasehold area to Project and project concept plans are the possibility of consolidating a site provide an additional 42 beds and being more thoroughly documented between the University and the additional seminar spaces. These as key elements in the revised Prince of Wales Hospital Campus. were opened in 2003, complementing procedures. These various processes The team also investigated the the quality of residential options for and procedures will require adjust- potential sale of the Little Bay students at UNSW. During the year, ments to staffing resources and this Campus and the Little Bay assistance was also provided to New is being pursued as a response to the Conference Centre. Investigation College in its plans to extend by one

70 floor and to upgrade the quality of Regiment site is also being pursued. rent works saw the installation of major research equipment and other existing facilities. REFURBISHMENT The draft energy strategy was Significant refurbishment work to laboratory improvements. presented to the Vice-Chancellor’s improve the learning experience was With the consolidation of the Environmental Policy Advisory undertaken during 2003 with the School of Biological, Earth and Committee (EPAC), part of which completion of the new teaching labo- Environmental Sciences in the focuses on raising awareness in the ratories for the School of Biological, Biological Sciences Building, there campus community of energy Earth and Environmental Sciences in was a freeing up of space in the conservation and UNSW obtained a the Biological Sciences Building, Applied Science Building for the SEDA award for its efforts in this where the School was consolidated. School of Chemical Engineering and important endeavour. Further postgraduate study space was Industrial Chemistry and for ‘shunt In pursuing better practices in provided for this and the School of space’ to facilitate future works to the management and allocation of Biotechnology and Biomolecular refurbish the Heffron Building. The space and to support strategic asset Sciences in the Biological Sciences Department of Sports Medicine was management, Facilities has initiated a and Samuels Buildings. Further established in the Wallace Wurth project to update the University’s improvements to the School of Building, along with a centre for sur- space and buildings databases. Key Physics first year teaching area were gical skills development. An area in goals are to achieve annual completed, incorporating extra the Samuels Building was refur- monitoring of space use and indoor and outdoor student spaces, a bished for the School of Public entitlement, progress in dealing with new photonics teaching laboratory Health and Community Medicine. backlog maintenance, and the general and a new landscaped courtyard Various minor fit-out improvements depreciation and other liabilities in entrance for the teaching areas and were undertaken in the Quadrangle the facilities and infrastructure assets the School as a whole, with direct for the Faculty of Commerce and of the University. access from the Mall. Significant Economics. The Dean of Science additional computer access points and support staff were permanently DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION and workrooms were provided on established in the Dalton Building, PROJECTS Level 2 of the Library, as a further with an improved corridor access to CONSTRUCTION step towards making the Library a the Heffron Building and a freeing A major milestone was the letting of major support for student study out- up of space in the Biological Science a managing contract to Lipman Pty side their Faculties. Building to assist in the consolida- Ltd for the construction of Building Extra teaching facilities were tion of Science staff there. A first L5 on the former Unisearch House provided by refurbishing the Science year Science student office was estab- site. By the end of the year demoli- Theatre which allow it to be used as lished in the Webster Building. tion and excavation were complete a lecture theatre during Session, Research efforts were enhanced and inground structural works were while maintaining its use as a venue by various projects during 2003. In underway. This University invest- by Campus Conferencing at other the Wallace Wurth Building labora- ment project will provide appropriate times. Ritchie Theatre in The tories were created for the Centre for quality teaching and administration Scientia was also brought into the Thrombosis and Vascular Research, space leased to NewSouth Global’s Centrally Allocated Teaching Space animal facilities and PC2 laborato- Foundation Studies and English for (CATS) system during core teaching ries, and extensions were made to the Academic Purposes programs. It will times as another option for teaching Bioanalytical Mass Spectrometry also provide rental space for the programs (this option required no Facility. Other Faculty of Medicine National ICT Australia centre, a construction because of the quality of projects include a prosthetics and major research entity in which the venue). Small CATS rooms in orthotics laboratory at Randwick, UNSW is a founding member. The the Mathews Building were air-con- and a research fitout for hospital and development will result in the com- ditioned and the AGSM lecture the- University research staff at the St plete clearing of the Western atre air-conditioning was improved. George Hospital Campus on a floor Campus property for future redevel- A mezzanine extension in the Willis in the Research and Education opment, except for the UNSW Annexe provided improved postgrad- Centre. In the Applied Science Regiment site. The clearing of the uate and academic space and concur- Building, four major new laboratory

71 fitouts and associated works are near- with new externally-accessible public irrigation system to cover the entire ing completion, providing facilities toilets, for use by the campus com- campus. for high performing research activi- munity and the general community *Tertiary Education Facilities ties in the School of Chemical when attending events in these venues. Management Association Engineering and Industrial Projects to address infrastructure, Benchmark Report 2002 statutory requirements and other Chemistry. Physical containment (of CENTRALLY ALLOCATED TEACHING potential pathogens or genetically purposes included the Library air- SPACE (CATS) modified agents or PC) improve- conditioning plant and control sys- Timetabling has been converted to ments were made in the Biological tem upgrade. At the COFA campus Syllabus Plus a web-based Resources areas in the Mathews a number of minor, but high priority information system which has Building and in a laboratory in the fire safety, infrastructure and ameni- streamlined all transactions – the Civil Engineering Building. ties upgrading works were undertak- previous paper-based system was very International engagement was en. An Emergency Warning and labour intensive. This is also being enhanced by the construction of Information System was provided in integrated with the CARDAX extensions to the International Office the Newton Building. A new lift security access control system to with a new student ‘drop in’ centre provided greater accessibility and allow the automation of many theatre and reception area. Adjustments to better materials handling in the and classroom systems, such as air- the Spiritual Centre in the Biomedical Library. Complying conditioning and lighting. Systems Blockhouse assisted with Muslim access ramps were completed at the are operated in accordance with the devotions which involve an impor- Applied Science Building. The Golf timetable, leading to significant tant cohort of UNSW students. House was repaired after extensive energy savings. Since 1998, CATS Interaction with the community white ant damage and fitted out for has undertaken a major program for was boosted through an additional the Risk Management Unit in order the upgrade of lecture theatres at floor and circulation improvements to accommodate the revised Senior UNSW, with 14 major theatres in the Barker Street carpark. This Management team in the refurbished to date. The roll-out of provides much of the parking for Chancellery. IT and AV facilities into smaller Scientia events and also accommo- teaching venues has continued in dates Sydney Swans supporters’ park- FACILITIES MANAGEMENT response to a steadily increasing ing for home games. The parking for BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS demand for full IT facilities in all the L5 Building is to be accommo- The six maintenance zones operating CATS space. dated within the extra parking and across UNSW campuses experienced MAIL this allowed a storey reduction in a heavy demand on services Australia Post increased the cost of height in the development where it throughout 2003. This is reflected in standard letter mailing this year from abuts Houston Lane and residential an increase in the average building 45 cents to 50 cents, which would properties on the other side of the maintenance cost from $20 to have added more than $50,000 to Lane. The ‘Globe’ Sculpture in the $24.38/ m2, with a Tertiary mail expenditure. A system known as Mall, partially funded by the U Education Facilities Management ‘clean mail’ was subsequently Committee, had its base strength- Association Benchmark of introduced to reduce mail costs. ened against vandalism and is now $17.61/m2*. The cost of maintenance Clean mail is a strict addressing finally in place as a major public art of the Asset Replacement Value for method which uses optical reading installation. The House at Pooh UNSW is 0.93 per cent with a sector equipment and letters complying Corner received minor improvements average of only 0.78 per cent. Some with the standard attract a five cent for compliance requirements. ‘Coffee of the more unusal tasks include discount. on Campus’ opened as a food outlet automating sportsfield lighting in the Mechanical Engineering through Syllabus Plus (the UNSW POST OFFICE Building adjacent to Computer timetabling system) and the security The on-campus licensed Post Office Science and the new computer labo- access control network, replacing 5.5 is becoming increasingly popular ratories and the Lyons Garden. At a km of fencing and animal pens with the University and surrounding more mundane level, Science Theatre destroyed by fire at the Cowan Field community. Since opening in and Physics Theatre were provided Station and extending the bore-water October 2002, it has served more

72 than 150,000 customers, sold nearly state-of-the-art parking management A Hazard and Risk Register is a 100,000 stamps, posted thousands software and following a successful requirement under the New South of parcels all over the world and trial, it will be implemented for the Wales OHS Regulation 2001. Access processed more than 600 passport 2004 roll-out of permits. Building on to hazard and incident reporting applications. The shop has begun to the unit’s national profile, Security forms, general OHS information and extend its range of products and hosted the 2003 Security and minutes of Committee meetings is services to include mobile phones Emergency Management Conference now available on the OHS Committee and accessories, souvenirs, gifts, on behalf of TEFMA. webpage and staff members have graduation memorabilia and film Overall in 2003 security incidents been made aware of this via email. processing. were up slightly on those recorded In 2003, the OHS focus was on in 2002, however, incidents of theft three elements of the 13 elements in GENERAL SERVICES were down. Laptop computers were Workcover’s OHS Model for Self- Demand for these services has been a specific target, but strategies have Insurers - Risk Management, OHS very heavy, particularly in recycling, been put in place to manage the risk Training, and Inspection and Testing. rubbish and old goods removal, in this area. outdoor cleaning (graffiti etc) and ENGINEERING OPERATIONS feral cat control. Paper recycling has OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY For the past five years, lifts on the increased by 8 per cent to 640 tonnes The Risk Management Unit (RMU) Kensington Campus have been for 2003. identified Facilities Management maintained by Kone and Otis under (FM) as an OHS high-risk area of an inflexible contract. With the lift UNSW TRANSPORT PROGRAM UNSW and an OHS Coordinator maintenance contract up for renewal, Without a direct rail link, the was appointed in June 2003 to the opportunity was taken to realise University depends on Sydney coordinate and advise on OHS for economies of scale and tender all 86 buses to move approximately 17,000 the Registrar’s Division, of which lifts under the one contract. The new staff and students to and from FM was then still a part. Since five-year contract with Thyssen- UNSW each day. The provision FM’s transfer to the Division of the Krupp has resulted in an annual of reliable, comfortable public Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Resources saving of $160,000. transport is the goal of the UNSW and Infrastructure) the OHS Co- New software for electrical Transport Program. There has ordinator has continued to work testing now allows Emergency and been a significant improvement in closely with the FM OHS Com- Exit lights to be tested via the web bus timetabling reliability and a mittee, managers and staff in im- for annual Essential Services boost in additional services, such proving safety for staff, students and certification in 15 buildings on as customised timetables and maps. visitors. campus. Previously, each building Sydney Buses now provides a com- Staff awareness and interest in had to be tested manually. Assistance prehensive support program for all OHS has increased over the past 12 was provided to the Zones to major on-campus events such as months due to the Workcover Audit implement a new program for open days, concerts and functions. of UNSW and also the work of the appliance testing of portable type Bicycle parking has been OHS Committees and RMU. The ‘plug in’ 240-volt electrical equipment increased across campus and UNSW FM OHS Committee commenced operated within Facilities Management. contributed funds to the extension of a schedule of OHS inspections to The University has some 2000 a bike path past the campus through identify hazards in the workplace. An electrical switchboards. To enable to Bondi Junction. Ties to Area analysis of injury data showed that better control and to comply with Health and Bikeast have resulted in a falls are the most common injury OHS obligations, a program has pilot cycling proficiency program for sustained around the University. The commenced to lock all these boards. the UNSW community. OHS Committee is now To date Electrical Engineering, UNSW SECURITY investigating processes to assist in Biological Sciences and all of the UNSW Security continues to set the eliminating slip hazards on wet or COFA Campus have been locked benchmark for access control systems slippery surfaces and walkways. The under the new system. The system in the educational sector in Australasia. Committee also conducted a sun will be progressively implemented The unit’s one-stop shop, the protection awareness campaign for across all buildings in 2004. ‘e-spot’. introduced ‘PARK IT’, a staff working in outdoor occupations. The Engineering Services

73 Maintenance Contract currently and wellbeing, Tai Chi, RPM campaigns. UNSWitch promotes held by Spotless (formerly Asset (stationary bikes) and expansion in turning off (un-switching) Services) has seen the number of Pilates, yoga and staff health checks. unnecessary power sources like items maintained grow from The Sam Cracknell building is now computers, printers, lights when 6,600 to nearly 8,700. fully functioning as the ‘Home of people leave the room and the ‘Spot Sport’ and the headquarters for the it and Stop it’ campaign, trialled in PUBLISHING AND PRINTING Sports Association on campus. In May 2003, Publishing and one campus zone and to be expanded Unigym monthly visits peaked in campus-wide in 2004, provides Printing was transferred to May with 46,000 visits. The average contact numbers to encourage staff Facilities Management. During the attendance through the year was and students to report dripping taps year, Publishing processed in excess slightly less than 2002’s total of or other types of resource wastage. of 2,500 individual requisitions and 475,000 visits. Unigym currently A broadly-based Waste more than 9,450 individual services 34 diverse customer groups Management Strategy, coordinated requisitions were processed by apart from staff and students, by Recycled Organics manager Printing. Publishing was responsible including UNSW Colleges, swim Angus Campbell, is scheduled for for the DTP, printing and binding school children, 87 local schools, the completion in early 2004. Other of the UNSW Handbooks and Sports Association, seniors, alumni, operational initiatives included Calendar, the design and printing of NIDA and Unisearch. environmental awareness training for many promotional items on behalf the University’s maintenance of Schools and Faculties. Publishing ENERGY MANAGEMENT contractors. produces all corporate stationery, The University’s greenhouse gas The Green Office Program such as business cards, letterheads, emissions from energy consumption, extended its commitment to greening and ‘with compliments’ slips and all waste generation and transport fell in the University’s laboratories (sum- printing tasks associated with absolute terms for the first time this marised in a paper presented at this ceremonials and graduations. year, resulting in a 1.56 per cent year’s national TechNet conference) Printing produced in excess of decrease per EFTSU (Equivalent and joined with Financial Services 50,000,000 A4 impressions during Full-time Student Unit) despite a 1.4 and Risk Management staff in the year (more than 125 pallets of per cent increase in student numbers. developing environmental guidelines paper!). During 2003, Printing In July, a new contract with to inform University procurement. produced the course packs/study Ergon Energy for the supply of Green Office’s pioneering work was kits previously supplied by the electricity featured expanded use of acknowledged by the awarding of defunct Library printing service Green Power electricity on all five campuses. UNSW implemented the a Youth Ambassadorship to the (closed in December 2002). A first joint tender by three universities coordinator, Danielle Cole, to strategic alliance between the – UTS, the University of Newcastle develop an environmental curriculum Library, the Bookshop and Printing and UNSW – which resulted in for the Laos National University. resulted in copies of course packs better, more competitive pricing. The externally-funded Recycled being supplied to the Library and The Environment Management Organics Unit (ROU) consolidated the School at no charge. The Program (EMP) worked to imple- its position as the key agency linking quality of the finished product was ment the University’s Environment and resourcing government and industry improved dramatically and the price Policy in 2003, connecting operations, in managing organic waste. 2003 saw to the student was reduced. As education, research and community the completion of internationally Printing was able to ‘print on engagement, especially through the significant research on lifecycle assess- demand’, wastage was reduced to EcoLiving Program. (See also ment of the composting process (in minimal levels. Community Outreach p 49). collaboration with the UNSW Centre UNIGYM Achieving further emission for Water and Waste Technology) In May 2003, Unigym was reductions was a key EMP focus in and a major investigation into herb- transferred to Facilities Management. 2003. This included major input to a icide persistence in compost products. There has been a shift in customer new UNSW Energy Strategy and The ROU played a lead role in growth at Unigym with a new delivery of the ‘UNSWitch’ and ‘Spot finalising Australian Standard AS4454 emphasis on seniors, lifestyle, health it and Stop it’ resource conservation for composts, mulches and soil

74 conditioners, established competency postgraduate program review and the was specially provided for a World standards to inform industrial training UNSW Network in Learning and Bank delegation from Vietnam. and launched a national online Teaching. The SEDA award to UNSW for catalogue of information resources, Student projects realised Environmental Awareness and the RO Library (www.rolibrary.com). through the Ecoliving Program Education was, in part, a result of A comprehensive composting ranged from honours-level work in the 2002 awareness program which industry OHS package was developed membrane technology to a variety of featured a pile of milk cartons on in collaboration with the School of real-world first year projects with the Library lawn demonstrating

Safety Science. the School of Biology, Earth and the volume of one hour of CO2 The ROU’s work with the Environmental Sciences. emissions at UNSW. composting industry in New South The postgraduate Environ- The Library building aircondi- Wales and nationally throughout the mental Auditing course, presented tioning and hot water systems year catalysed the establishment of a jointly with the School of Safety replacement has been a major national industry organisation and Science, achieved re-accreditation investment designed to improve enabled the development of strategic with the Quality Society of energy efficiency and has resulted priorities and directions for future Australasia. Student audits of the in a significant reduction in growth of the sector. UniGym, Library and Basser operating costs. A long-term com- EMP staff provided teaching College initiated through the course parison of electric heat pump versus in architecture, environmental provided useful environmental gas (engined) heat pump aircondi- engineering, environmental science, feedback to those organisations. tioning is being undertaken on the social work, surveying, landscape The University cohosted a trial installation in the Biological architecture and general education SEDA cogeneration seminar in Sciences Building. in 2003, as well as contributing to a July and a repeat of this seminar

75 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— RISK MANAGEMENT

n 2003, the University’s Risk INSURANCE Committee was created in late 2003 IManagement Unit (RMU) faced a Of the numerous external challenges to apply a strategic perspective to the number of demanding challenges, yet over the year, none was more sourcing and procurement of com- can report on a successful year with demanding than the nature of the mercial insurance. The Committee respect to outcomes. Risk manage- global commercial insurance market. oversees the long-term direction of ment was integrated into Human The continued downturn in the insurance procurement in the Uni- Resources (HR) in March 2003 industry again meant that commercial versity, including determining levels to meet the need for a cohesive insurance designed to meet the unique of self-insurance and examining the approach to the management of requirements of the University was varying types of alternative risk staff at UNSW and a Senior difficult to obtain. The domestic and financing mechanisms available in Manager was appointed in October global insurance markets continued to the market. 2003 to oversee the function and act in a very conservative manner, operations as part of the HR resulting not only in dramatic increas- WORKERS COMPENSATION AND management structure. es in the cost of commercial insur- REHABILITATION The RMU currently comprises ance, but also substantial reductions in UNSW is self-insured in both the the Insurance operations, Workers available amounts, levels and types of New South Wales and Australian Compensation, and Occupational, insurance cover. In meeting its mis- Capital Territory jurisdictions for Health, Safety and Environment sion, the University faces several Workers Compensation. The Workers sections. A primary objective of unique risk exposures that the global Compensation and Rehabilitation the RMU is to contribute to the insurance market was unable or section provides New South Wales- mission of the University by unwilling to underwrite. Areas such as based University employees with successfully integrating RMU insurance for medical malpractice for claims and injury management activities to reduce the overall clinical academics, medical students services to minimise the effects cost of risk. Reduction in total and allied health personnel proved of workplace injury and illness, to cost of risk is achieved through particularly difficult to source and in both the individual and their taking actions and developing several cases the University sought work area. programs which reduce the fre- either alternative risk transfer meth- The section provides client quency of losses affecting the ods or relied on contractual agree- support to University College at University and, once a loss has ments to provide security of coverage. ADFA from the Kensington Campus occurred, acting proactively to In response to growing demands and is also active in the Australian reduce the impact or severity of inherent in the procurement of Capital Territory through chairmanship the loss to the University. commercial insurance, an Insurance of the ACT Self-Insurers Group.

76 Because of the dynamic nature of CLAIMS AND REHABILITATION application for facility certification by PERFORMANCE Workers Compensation, staff actively the Gene Technology Regulator, The number of claims registered for participate in the NSW Self-Insurers working after hours and/or alone, New South Wales during 2003 Association’s education seminars and and a new policy was developed for decreased by 15 per cent compared to meetings. In 2003, the section Outdoor Workers. 2002. The average for all claims manager was involved in two self- Continuing strategies for 2003 involving time off work in 2003 was insurer working parties. included ongoing training of OHS 35.56 days, compared to 6.89 days committees and representatives, elec- INJURY MANAGEMENT AUDIT per claim in 2002. This increase was trical testing and tagging, refinement In order for the University to caused by two long-term claims. of procedural templates for imple- maintain its status as a licensed In the Australian Capital menting the OHSMS sub-elements workers compensation self-insurer, it Territory, seven claims were and review of corporate risk rating must undergo an injury management registered for 2003, one more than in systems. The UNSW OHS Policy audit by WorkCover NSW every 2002. Time lost off work for all and Strategic Planning Committee three years, in addition to perform- claims in 2003 was four days in total, ing regular self-audits. Following (Level 1 OHS Committee) met compared to six days in 2002. changes in Workers Compensation quarterly in 2003 and provided During 2003, the Return-to- Legislation in 1998, WorkCover strategic direction on cash handling Work Coordinator carried out 97 separated the rehabilitation com- and security on campus, emergency non-claim related workplace ponent out of the Occupational management, monitoring of internal assessments in New South Wales for Health and Safety (OHS) Audit and external OHS audits and review staff reporting injuries, potential and created an Injury Management of significant occurrences. OHS per- injuries or ergonomic problems. This Audit. sonnel also provided support to the represents a 15 per cent increase The University responded to Faculty and Divisional OHS from 2002. The Return-to-Work NSW WorkCover’s change by Program Implementation Coordinator also performed three increasing the customer focus of Committees (Level 2 or combined home-based workplace assessments the injury management process. In 2/3 Committees) by attending their and provided three ergonomic mid-2003 the Return-to-Work quarterly meetings and through the consultations in relation to Coordinator commenced a new provision of advice to their Chairs refurbishments during the year. appointment as OHS Coordinator, and employee OHS representatives. and as a result an occupational As a consequence of injuries The Committees have been working therapist with a clinical background occurring in 2003, 45 staff members to develop their OHS Hazard and in acute and rehabilitation settings participated in rehabilitation Risk Registers, OHS training needs was recruited to handle the programs to assist them in their safe analyses and training plans for 2004, rehabilitation and injury return to work. and inspection, testing and monitor- management role. ing plans through consultative OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, WorkCover conducted the first processes. The Faculty and SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT UNSW Injury Management Audit Divisional OHS committees report- in November 2003. The report During 2003, the Occupational ed in December 2003 to the Level 1 received from WorkCover confirmed Health, Safety and Environment OHS Committee on their activities preliminary feedback from the (OHSE) section finalised its new in relation to key performance indi- WorkCover auditors during their exit UNSW OHS management system cators. The workplace OHS com- meeting indicated that UNSW had (OHSMS) which contains the 13 mittees (Level 3) undertake the reg- met the minimum standards required OHS elements of the WorkCover ulatory functions and report to the for a self-insurer to satisfy its licence model for self-insurers. This web- Level 2 and 2/3 Committees on condition. The Audit added value to based system was communicated to their activities and also Faculty/ the UNSW injury management staff via email and by the Vice- Division-wide issues. The Manager process by streamlining UNSW Chancellor to senior managers as a OHS and Environment held two procedures to correct some small hard copy manual in June 2003. New meetings with the Chairs of all areas of non-conformance identified OHS guidelines were developed on Level 3 OHS Committees and prior to, and during, the audit. disposal of hazardous waste, OHS representatives.

77 During 2003, four new OHS isotope store to replace the current for external training providers. In Coordinator positions were created small store. The Radiation Health mid-2003, the University activated a to support the identified high-risk and Safety Coordinator worked new centralised training database for areas of Engineering, Science, with Facilities and an external all legislative training records, Medicine and the Registrar’s consultant to coordinate the safe including OHS training. New OHS Division and to complement the HR relocation of low-level radiation training programs developed service delivery model, with the aim waste from the old to the new store. included a short course in hazardous of improving service delivery and The OHS section monitored the substances and dangerous goods assisting in the development and implementation of electrical labeling and Facility Managers’ implementation of the corporate equipment testing and tagging training and a contribution was made OHSMS in the respective areas. programs on a regular basis across to the content of the OHS module Initially, two positions commenced in campus and reported to the Level 1 in the Supervisors’ Induction Kit mid-2003 in the Faculty of OHS Committee. In late 2003, and monitoring of OHS segment Engineering and the Registrars’ OHSE coordinated the response to a delivery. Risk Management’s OHS Division, with the remaining two NSW Health request for a survey of training program for 2004 will be positions located in the Faculty of the storage and planned use of framed in response to the Faculty Medicine and the Faculty of Science. designated biological agents across and Divisional OHS Training Plans The Faculty of Engineering OHS the high-risk faculties at the 2004 to be submitted in December Coordinator conducted an OHS University. 2003. Faculty Review to determine overlaps OHS TRAINING WORKCOVER AUDIT and gaps in the current Faculty safety OHSE is one of the University’s The first half of the year was domi- initiatives compared to the UNSW primary training providers in terms nated by preparation for the OHSMS. This review will prove of legislative compliance and WorkCover Audit conducted by valuable in assessing strategic OHS management training. In 2003, external OHS auditors in June 2003, directions for the Faculty in 2004. approximately 800 persons, including for workers compensation licensing The OHS Coordinator for the staff and postgraduate students, purposes. Additionally, planning and Registrar’s Division worked in close attended training conducted by coordinating the implementation of consultation with the Division’s OHSE staff in biosafety and follow-up corrective actions on the OHS Committees and various infection control (nine training non-compliance areas identified dur- groups of staff within the Division to programs); radiation safety (nine); ing the audit have required signifi- assist in the development of OHS hazardous substances and dangerous cant work. The WorkCover Audit Hazard and Risk Registers and goods (five); labelling of hazardous highlighted the strengths and effec- improving knowledge of risk substances and dangerous goods tiveness of the internal OHS audit identification and assessment (one); Facility Managers training system, improvements in OHS train- procedures. (two); prevention of occupational ing, increased management commit- OHSE produced the University’s overuse injury (seven); OHS ment to and allocation of resources annual report to the Gene Technology awareness for staff (10); OHS to OHS and the comprehensiveness Regulator and coordinated the consultation (nine); gene technology of the newly-documented OHS Regulator’s spot inspections of for researchers (six); risk management system. The containment facilities. The OHS management for supervisors (seven); WorkCover Audit found that Coordinator (Gene Technology/ and OHS due diligence training for UNSW met the standard required of Research) liaised with other affiliated Heads of Schools and senior a self-insurer. accredited organisations (using managers (four). In the University’s internal OHS UNSW Institutional Biosafety In addition, staff participated in audit program, 45 audits were con- Committee (IBC) for research panel discussions in the University’s ducted in the past 12 months. The approval and facility certification) and monthly induction sessions for new Schools and divisional units are inter- provided data for their annual reports staff. Various other internal units nally audited against both the to the Regulator. such as Security, Facilities, and the UNSW corporate OHSMS (based The University commenced 2003 Faculty of Engineering also provided on AS4804:2001, AS4801:2001 and with a new purpose-built radiation OHS-related training and arranged AS4360:1999) and the elements of

78 WorkCover’s OHS model for self- documentation requirements at the units to potential critical incidents. In insurers (2001). The audits are being work unit level. During 2003, a steer- 2004, the OHSE section will look to conducted by the OHS team, who are ing committee of key stakeholders use new technology to build a num- trained OHS auditors. The internal coordinated by RMU, developed the ber of online programs including an OHS audit process is having a posi- UNSW Critical Incident Comm- incident reporting system, OHS tive effect on raising awareness of unication Plan, which aims to coordi- training program and risk identifica- UNSW OHS policies and procedures nate the internal response of, and tion and assessment programs to and identifying OHS training and communication between, all service facilitate improved OHS outcomes.

79 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— UNIVERSITY-CONTROLLED ENTITIES

ully-audited financial details for A wholly-owned subsidiary of NewSouth Global is responsible FUniversity-Controlled Entities UNSW, it had 197 full-time staff at for the operational management of are found in Volume Two of the December 2003 and an annual the UNSW offshore offices in 2003 Annual Report. turnover of $60M. Surpluses from Singapore, Bangkok and Hong NewSouth Global activities are Kong, and the Australian Institute of AUSTRALIAN EDUCATION donated to the University and used Languages in Hanoi. The latter is a CONSULTANCY LIMITED for scholarships and matching funds joint initiative with the Vietnam This entity was sold to NewSouth for the UNSW Foundation. National University, Hanoi. Global in 2003. See below. The Vice-Chancellor of UNSW In January 2003, NewSouth acts as the Chair of the company and Global purchased the Hong-Kong AGSM CONSULTING LTD the Chief Executive Officer is the based recruitment company the AGSM Consulting Ltd is a non- Deputy Vice-Chancellor Australian Education Consultancy profit company owned by The (International), Professor John Limited (AEC) from UNSW at a University of New South Wales. The Ingleson. Other Directors during nominal cost of $1M. This enabled company did not operate during 2003. 2003 included Professor Mark all of the Hong Kong operations to Wainwright, Deputy Vice- come under the same management, AGSM LTD Chancellor (Research), and the two thereby allowing the development of AGSM LTD is a non-profit company external directors Ms Mara common systems, processing and formed by The University of New Moustafine and Mr Peter Bergman, reporting. South Wales and The University of a UNSW alumnus. While 2003 was another Sydney for the joint purpose of utilis- The business divisions successful year for the organisation, ing the talent, energies and resources of comprising NewSouth Global during revenue and activities were both Universities to produce a 2003 were the Educational Testing significantly affected by the SARS powerful centre of excellence for Centre, Foundation Studies, UNSW epidemic and the rise in the teaching and research in business. As a International Projects, the UNSW Australian dollar. This resulted in an controlled entity, AGSM results are Institute of Languages and UNSW overall decline in student enrolments consolidated in the UNSW accounts. Study Abroad. The company also has in Foundation Studies and UNSWIL a Corporate Services unit which is programs in particular. AEC income NEWSOUTH GLOBAL PTY LIMITED responsible for business development, also dropped in excess of 20 per cent NewSouth Global is the financial management, human as a consequence of SARS and the international education, training and resources and related corporate downturn in the Hong Kong consultancy arm of the University. governance issues. economy, though some exchange

80 gains were recognised through the management to industry, commerce Established in 1959 as a rise in the Australian dollar. and government on overseas projects. controlled entity of UNSW, The Educational Testing Centre Utilising UNSW resources and Unisearch operates as an has been a prime provider of expertise, including technical, independent company with a largely educational measurement and economic, social, environmental and external board of directors. As a assessment services in Australia, New training aspects of sustainable result of the successful Zealand and the Asia Pacific region development, projects in 2003 have implementation of a long-term for 35 years. During 2003, there were included the Department of strategic plan introduced in 1999, more than 1.4 million Australian and Education, Science and Training’s Unisearch has achieved results which 260,000 international entries in the Australian Asia Awards International are in line with its five-year plan. annual schools assessment programs. Fellowship Program and AusAID Unisearch focuses on two The Centre also completed various Drug Information in Indonesia Short streams of business activity, assessment contracts for State Course Training to the Ministry of Commercialisation and Expert education authorities during the year People’s Welfare. Opinion Services. The and a diversity of data management UNSW Study Abroad, the Commercialisation team ensures and analysis services for UNSW and leading Australian program of its Unisearch is a recognised leader in other educational bodies. type, provides opportunities for the commercialisation of research- Foundation Studies comprises international students to gain credit based technologies. Its activities the University Foundation Year, for courses at their own institutions include acting as an innovation HSC Unilink, Maths Skills Program while studying on campus in Sydney. centre providing advice and services and other external programs UNSW Study Abroad also conducts to researchers from UNSW and its including Learn 4 Life. The core short courses and a Summer School associated campuses, as well as an activity, University Foundation Year, for six weeks during the Northern incubator nurturing pre- is a full academic program designed Hemisphere summer. More than incorporation technologies and to prepare international students for 1000 students per annum participate emerging businesses. undergraduate studies in Australia. in the UNSW Study Abroad Expert Opinion Services During 2003, 682 Foundation programs. In 2003, the division provides expert consultants for Students received an offer to disbursed more than $4.52M to industry, government and business continue on to undergraduate study UNSW. The University also profited clients, as well as the legal and at UNSW. by the participation of well-qualified insurance communities. They The UNSW Institute of students from prestigious US and commercialise intellectual capital in Languages (UNSWIL) is one of the European institutions. an applied way, encouraging the oldest and largest university language collaborative research, expert centres in Australia. Established in UNISEARCH LIMITED consulting and specialised testing 1966, it offers a comprehensive range Unisearch Limited leverages the services of UNSW. of language courses and services for intellectual wealth of the research overseas students, migrants to and consulting community centred ACYTE BIOTECH PTY LTD Australia and international clients on UNSW, to create commercial Acyte Biotech Pty Ltd (Acyte) has from government and industry who value for the University and been established by Unisearch require language training beyond the participating researchers and to bring Limited to commercialise leading- scope of existing university award exciting new technologies to the edge research in the area of programs. During 2003, UNSWIL marketplace. mammalian cell production of had a total enrolment of 1000 Unisearch is dedicated to recombinant DNA-derived proteins. students in its English for Academic establishing and developing long- Acyte is jointly owned by UNSW, Purposes, of whom 800 continued on term strategic alliances and business Unisearch Limited and the key to study at UNSW. relationships with key partners and researchers. The board is chaired by UNSW International Projects clients in relevant business and leading businessman, Mr Rob Barry. provides international consulting industry sectors, governments and The underlying research by services, resources, technical with other learning institutions, Professor Peter Gray and Associate assistance, training and project locally and around the world. Professor Noelle Sunstrom and their

81 team at UNSW has moved into the QUCOR PTY LTD THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW commercialisation phase and Qucor became operational during SOUTH WALES INTERNATIONAL HOUSE LIMITED achieved strong industry support. 2003 to commercialise technology Acyte has negotiated collaborative emerging from the Centre for International House Limited was research agreements with a number Quantum Computer Technology incorporated in 1964 to manage and of leading, listed pharmaceutical during the year. Using the quantum administer residential accommoda- groups, worth in excess of $500,000 physics properties of matter, tion for UNSW students and others, in the current year. This success has quantum computing promises and it currently manages been followed with the company massively parallel computing power, International House. The company is being awarded two $250,000 essential to address the challenges limited by guarantee, has no share Biotechnology Innovation Fund faced by the financial, biotechnology capital, and is controlled by a Board Grants. and engineering sectors in of Directors of whom four are elect- Acyte expects to be able to manipulating vast quantities of ed by the company, one is elected by offer cell expression systems to a data. the residents of International House wide variety of potential users, based On a shorter timescale, the and six are appointed by the on exciting breakthroughs achieved work on quantum computing has University. In 2003, the College around its SuperCHO platform produced a range of technologies enjoyed 100 per cent occupancy dur- technology. with application to industry needs ing the academic year with 159 local now. These include the ability to and overseas students. BIOSIGNAL PTY LTD implant dopant atoms into transistors Biosignal was incorporated in 1999 with atomic precision, a capability UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES PRESS LIMITED to commercially exploit unique anti- vital to the world’s semiconductor microbial compounds that will act industry as it develops smaller and UNSW Press is incorporated as a to inhibit bacterial processes faster computer chips. not-for-profit company, whose Board without causing bacterial resistance. An initial seed investment of Directors is appointed by the The technology has application has been made by Unisearch, and Council of UNSW. The Board and in a broad variety of markets, from Qucor is now seeking to raise its its Finance Committee meet aquaculture paints to pharma- first round of external capital. In regularly to review financial and ceuticals. Unisearch has assisted parallel, negotiations are underway performance issues. During the year, Biosignal to source collaborative with several global companies to the Board assessed the success of the development partners who are tailor Qucor’s technology to their 1998-2003 corporate plan, and leaders in their fields for many specific product needs, and deliver approved a new strategic plan for the market applications. These product to market. period 2004-2008. developing relationships and the By publishing books in the funding received from these partners THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH UNSW name to bring scholarship have enabled Biosignal to pursue its WALES FOUNDATION and ideas to a wide audience, UNSW product development program to the (see also p 55) Press contributes significantly to the point where the first products are The company was incorporated in enhancement of the University’s now being sold under trial permit. 1988 to act as trustee for The reputation nationally and Biosignal has succeeded in being University of New South Wales internationally. During the year there awarded two Biotechnology Foundation. It is a company limited was considerable review coverage and Innovation Fund Grants, which by guarantee, and its objectives are to media interest in the Press’s list. provided additional funding of assist the University in raising funds Additionally the company serves all $700,000 for the development of the from alumni, industry, commerce and sectors of the University community technology. the community. During 2003 the through its retail activities based on The company continues to work Foundation raised more than $5.4M the Kensington campus. with a wide range of international to support University projects. In 2003, sales revenues exceeded groups to finalise development of the previous years and the cash generated technology in a number of new allowed for investment in new areas products to be brought to market. of development, together with the

82 acquisition of Redfern Legal Centre Prize for Literary and Cultural and supplied from local warehouses Publishing, not-for-profit publishers Criticism in the New South Wales in Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, of The Law Handbook of New South Premier’s Literary Awards. Japan, the USA, Canada and the Wales and other books of accessible Press Design Manager, Di UK. Coeditions were prepared for legal information. Quick, was the overall winner in the overseas publishers in the USA and There were sales of 354 different ‘best designed illustrated book the UK. Licensed editions of UNSW Press books and editions, category’ of the Australian Book UNSW Press books were issued in and at the end of 2003 the Press had Design Awards, for John Riley’s and Japanese and in a US mass market 325 books and editions in print. The David Banks’ Orchids of Australia. edition, and contracted for Korean, list includes scholarly books, The limited edition of Orchids of Japanese, Simplified Chinese, textbooks, books of general reference Australia was shortlisted in the Traditional Chinese and Portuguese and books which present ideas and Galley Club Awards for production, editions. debates for the wider community, under the category Limited Edition UNSW Press, through its sales across a range of arts, science and Book. David Dutton’s One of Us was and distribution division UNIREPS, professional subjects. In 2003 shortlisted in the same Galley Club despatched 332,000 books in 2003, UNSW Press issued 41 new titles, Awards under the category Short- an increase of 11 per cent over 2002, together with 12 reprints, and offered run Digitally Printed Book. in the imprints of UNSW Press, of contracts for a total of 58 new books. John Long’s, Michael Archer’s, departments of UNSW and of other New publications in 2003 included Timothy Flannery’s and Suzanne publishers including university the launch of the Construction Hand’s Prehistoric Mammals of presses and cognate imprints from Management series, shorter topical Australia and New Guinea was the USA, Canada, UK, New books in the new Briefings series, named the Best Popular Zoological Zealand and Australia. Newly Marilyn Dodkin’s Bob Carr the Book in the 2003 Whitley Awards. represented in 2003 was Cavendish reluctant leader, Roslyn Jolly’s The The same book was shortlisted for Publishing, together with the books cruise of the Janet Nichol and John the Eureka Science Book Prize for a arising from the Press’s acquisition Bloomfield’s Australia’s sporting success. book which is “outstanding in its of Redfern Legal Centre Publishing. Eight UNSW Press books won, presentation of a scientific subject or UNSW Bookshop maintained its or were shortlisted for, book awards subjects and communicates to the high quality service to all sectors of in 2003. In the New South Wales general public in an interesting and the University community, selling Premier’s Literary Awards, Mark exciting way”. 197,000 textbooks, general books and McKenna’s Looking for Blackfellas’ Alex Bevan’s and John de academic books at discount, together Point was named the Book of the Laeter’s Meteorites was on the short with course packs, computer software Year, as well as winning the Douglas list of the Prize for Science Writing and memorabilia. Sales revenue Stewart Prize for Non-Fiction. It in the Victorian Premier’s Literary remained steady despite the 11 per was shortlisted in the Best History Awards. Tara Brabazon’s Digital cent fall in commencing student Book category in the 2003 Hemlock was shortlisted for the numbers at UNSW (excluding Queensland Premier’s Awards, and Western Australia Premier’s Award ADFA). Special sales increased was on the short list for the Colin in the non-fiction category. John through the Bookshop website and Roderick Award of the Foundation O’Connor’s Australian Frontier Wars sales to external students, libraries, of Australian Literary Studies. Sylvia was shortlisted for the Westminster alumni and external professional Lawson’s How Simone de Beauvoir Medal for Military Literature (UK). groups. The Bookshop also hosted a died in Australia won the Gleebooks UNSW Press books are sold range of cultural and scholarly events.

83 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— LEGAL AFFAIRS

he Higher Education Support their commercial activities In line with the increasing TAct 2003 was passed by the guidelines was conducted by the awareness of, and commitment to, Australian Government in late 2003, office of the Auditor-General. In compliance with regulatory require- replacing the Higher Education response to the Auditor-General’s ments, training in compliance areas Funding Act 1988. The new legisla- report to Parliament in 2003, the including OHS, record keeping, tion includes reforms to university New South Wales Government privacy, copyright, equity, protected funding, and to processes of quality circulated additional requirements disclosures and the Education assurance and accountability within for the conduct of University Services for Overseas Students Act the sector. The University is well Commercial Activities, and was introduced as part of a program placed to build upon existing quality requested that all universities redraft of training for supervisory staff in assurance, governance and accounta- their guidelines to incorporate the workplace induction. This program is bility processes in the implementa- new requirements. coordinated by UNSW Staff tion of these reforms. Revised Guidelines for Development, in collaboration with In 2002, amendments to the Commercial Activities were approved relevant units. University of New South Wales Act by Council on 15 December 2003. Consistent with the University’s 1989 took effect, requiring adoption The implementation of the revised commitment to improving and implementation of Guidelines guidelines will ensure consistency in corruption resistance, development of for Commercial Activities. An audit evaluation, approval and registration new policy and processes for the of all New South Wales universities’ of all commercial activities of the identification and management of compliance with the requirements of University. conflicts of interests is under way.

84 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— PUBLICATIONS

he University and its various who wish to obtain or consult any of Post-graduate Handbooks and Tunits offer a range of publica- these publications should contact the certain other official publications tions, a selection of which is listed relevant section of the University. are available also on the below, giving details of courses, The UNSW Calendar, Summary University’s website at research and other services. Those Volume, the Undergraduate and http://publish.web.unsw.edu.au

The following official publications are produced annually.

OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS COST POSTAGE OVERSEAS POSTAGE UNSW Calendar $8.00 $2.50 $9.00 Summary Volume (ISSN1325-667X) UNSW Undergraduate Handbook (ISSN1445-6621) $19.95 $2.50 $9.00 UNSW Postgraduate Handbook (ISSN 1445-663X) $12.00 $2.50 $9.00

The following University publications are distributed free of charge:

UNSW Annual Reports (ISSN 0726-8459) UNSW International Prospectus UNSW Domestic Prospectus (ISSN1036-6644) UNSW Student Guide (ISBN 0 8582 3681 8)

The University’s Faculties and Divisions also produce the following publications free of charge:

PUBLICATION FACULTY/DIVISION FREQUENCY BE Magazine Built Environment biannual Chaos Science triannual COFA COFA triannual Developments Institutional Advancement biannual From the Office of the Dean Commerce and Economics Four per annum Focus Institutional Advancement Fortnightly Law Alumni News Law Materials News School of Materials Science and Engineering Reach MBT Program annual Question: Research @ UNSW (ISSN 1448 8299) Research biannual Uniken (ISSN 0312-7877) Institutional Advancement Monthly – 10 issues UNSW Engineers (ISSN 1442-8849) Engineering biannual

85 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— FREEDOM OF INFORMATION (FOI)

he University publishes an annual University’s Summary of Affairs, holds subject to the Freedom of TStatement of Affairs which in- Statement of Affairs and policy Information Act 1989, and the privacy cludes items such as a description of documents are available on the rights of individuals set out in the the structure and functions of the University website. Privacy and Personal Information University, how the University’s func- There was no significant increase Protection Act 1998 (New South tions affect members of the public and in the number of applications received Wales) and the Privacy Act 1988 a description of the arrangements which and processed in 2003 compared to (Australian Government). Where exist to enable the public to participate 2002. During 2003, eight new applicable, the privacy principles in the formulation of policy by the applications were processed within embodied in the legislation are being University. Various kinds of documents prescribed time limits. No applications incorporated into policies, guidelines, held by the University are described were brought forward from 2002. procedural documents and practices at and the procedures for obtaining Three internal reviews were conducted the University. The Privacy access to documents are detailed. with the original determination being Management Plan, required under the At six-monthly intervals, a upheld in each case. No external New South Wales legislation, setting Summary of Affairs is published in reviews were conducted. There were out a number of goals and mechan- the Government Gazette. The public no major issues or problems in relation isms for achieving them, is being also has a legally enforceable right to to the administration of the Act reviewed to incorporate issues arising obtain access to these documents and during 2003. from the expected commencement of to ensure that personal records held For further information see Table the Health Records and Information by the University are not incomplete, ‘FOI Statistical Summary 2003’. Privacy Act 2002.During 2003, three incorrect, out of date or misleading. internal reviews under Part 5 of the Information regarding FOI is PRIVACY New South Wales legislation were included in relevant University UNSW maintains a general policy of conducted and one request for access publications and documents. The openness regarding the information it under s14 was received.

86 FOI STATISTICAL SUMMARY 2003

SECTION A NUMBERS OF NEW FOI REQUESTS SECTION H COSTS AND FEES OF REQUESTS PROCESSED FOI Requests Personal Other Total Assessed Costs FOI Fees Received A1 New (including transferred in) 1 7 8 H1 All completed requests $0 $360 A2 Brought forward 0 0 0 A3 Total to be processed 1 7 8

A4 Completed 1 6 7 SECTION I DISCOUNTS ALLOWED A5 Transferred out 0 1 1 Type of Discount Allowed Personal Other A6 Withdrawn 0 0 0 I1 Public interest 0 0 A7 Total processed 1 7 8 I2 Financial Hardship – Pensioner/Child 0 0 A8 Unfinished (carried forward) 0 0 0 I3 Financial Hardship – Non-profit organisation 0 0 I4 Totals 0 0

SECTION B WHAT HAPPENED TO COMPLETED REQUESTS? I5 Significant correction of personal records 0 0 Result of FOI request Personal Other B1 Granted in full 1 1 B2 Granted in part 0 1 SECTION J DAYS TO PROCESS B3 Refused 0 4 Number of completed requests by calendar days B4 Deferred 0 0 Elapsed Time Personal Other B5 Completed 1 6 J1 0-21 days 1 6 J2 22-35 days 0 0 J3 Over 35 days 0 0 SECTION C MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATES – number issued during the period J4 Totals 1 6 C1 Ministerial Certificates issued 0

SECTION K PROCESSING TIME Number of completed requests by hours SECTION D FORMAL CONSULTATIONS Processing Hours Personal Other D1 Number of requests requiring formal Issued: 3 Total: 3 K1 0-10 hrs 0 0 consultations K2 11-20 hrs 1 5 K3 21-40 hrs 0 1 K4 Over 40 hrs 0 0 SECTION E AMENDMENT OF PERSONAL RECORDS K5 Totals 1 6 Result of Amendment Request Total E1 Result of amendment – agreed 0 E2 Result of amendment – refused 0 SECTION L REVIEWS AND APPEALS – number finalised E3 Total 0 L1 Number of internal reviews finalised 3 L2 Number of ombudsman reviews finalised 0 L3 Number of Appeals to the Administrative SECTION F NOTATION OF PERSONAL RECORDS Decisions Tribunal finalised 0 F1 Number of requests for notation 0

DETAILS OF INTERNAL REVIEW RESULTS SECTION G FOI REQUESTS GRANTED IN PART OR REFUSED Bases of Internal Review Personal Other Basis of disallowing access – Number of times each reason cited in Grounds on which internal Upheld Varied Upheld Varied relation to completed requests which were granted in part or refused. review requested Basis of disallowing or restricting access Personal Other L4 Access refused 0 0 3 0 G1 Section 19 {applic incomplete, wrongly directed} 0 1 L5 Deferred 0 0 0 0 G2 Section 22 {deposit not paid} 0 0 L6 Exempt matter 0 0 0 0 G3 Section 25 (1) (a1) {diversion of resources} 0 0 L7 Unreasonable charges 0 0 0 0 G4 Section 25 (1) (a) {exempt} 0 5 L8 Charge unreasonably incurred 0 0 0 0 G5 Section 25 (1) (b), (c), (d) {otherwise available} 0 0 L9 Amendment refused 0 0 0 0 G6 Section 28 (1) (b) {documents not held} 0 1 L10 Totals 0 0 3 0 G7 Section 24 (2) – deemed refused, over 21 days 0 0 G8 Section 31 (4) {released to Medical Practioner} 0 0 G9 Totals 0 7

87 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— EQUITY AND DIVERSITY

GENDER EQUITY Grants, which provide seed In recognition of the progress major staff equity focus for 2003 funding of up to $50,000 per being made, the University’s was one A has been the implementation of annum for Schools, Faculties and of five finalists nominated for the the Gender Equity Project for aca- Centres to develop innovative national ‘Outstanding EEO Practices demic staff, which builds on the local initiatives to address the for the Advancement of Women’ research and consultations conducted under-representation of women award, by the Equal Opportunity for through 2002. The Vice-Chancellor in academic positions. Women in the Workplace Agency. demonstrated his commitment to the >Five PhD Completion The Gender Equity Project has also improvement of women’s representa- Scholarships of up to $10,000 for been put forward as an example of tion amongst academic staff by mak- three years, to assist staff who best-practice from high-performing ing it a key strategic goal in the cur- have faced difficulties completing organisations for the ‘EEO Good rent University and Faculty planning their PhD because of family Practice Online’ website by the processes. The senior level Gender responsibilities, a disability, or Office in Employment, Equity and Equity Strategy Committee, chaired racial/cultural background. Diversity (formerly the Office of the by the Vice-Chancellor, has been con- >A raft of smaller initiatives, such Director of Equal Employment in sulting widely across the University on as designated parking for Public Employment). the best strategies to take the Project pregnant staff and increased In addition, the Project has forward and is now driving the process support for childcare. sought to ensure that specific gender equity strategies are integrated into of implementing these initiatives. The Project is also undertaking the mainstream areas of the Central initiatives introduced in detailed work in Faculties and University, such as Human 2003 are: Schools to identify gender issues and Resources, Staff Development and >A ‘Career Advancement Fund’ develop appropriate local strategies. key Academic Committees in the for women academics returning The Faculty of the Built area of Research and Training. For from maternity leave, which Environment is currently integrating example, in 2003 UNSW made sub- provides them with a $10,000 key recommendations from a detailed stantial improvements in paid grant to re-establish their report on Gender Equity into its parental leave entitlements. research careers. strategic planning process. A second >A Women’s Promotion pilot Gender Equity Project in the CAREER DEVELOPMENT Workshop, to encourage and School of Public Health and Response to the Career Development support academic women in Community Medicine is underway Scheme, which impacts all staff applying for promotion. and new projects are anticipated in including EEO target groups and > The UNSW Equity Initiatives Science, Engineering and Medicine. which commenced in 2002 and

88 continued to be implemented across balance work and family The University is developing the UNSW in 2003, has generally been commitments. Through the Staff terms of reference for a review of all very positive. Staff Development are Enterprise Agreements, paid staff and student complaint working to integrate information maternity leave was increased from mechanisms, as initiated by UNSW from the Gender Equity Report into 12 weeks to 14 weeks, adoption leave Council. This will include a review of the mainstream Career Development was extended from two weeks to 14 discrimination and unlawful Scheme and are currently running weeks, and two weeks paid partner harassment complaint policies and an integrated version in the School leave was introduced. In addition, 19 procedures. In addition, a database is of Public Health and Community baby change tables were installed being developed in order to upgrade Medicine. Clauses in the new around the Kensington campus and a and improve the statistical and Enterprise Agreements place a legal breastfeeding policy was approved. monitoring systems for obligation on the University to While UNSW continued to discrimination and harassment implement the Scheme and it is subsidise the childcare facilities complaints. expected that all work units will have currently available to staff and INDIGENOUS STAFF completed Career Development students, the Childcare Advisory There has been a consultative Review Scheme meetings with their staff Committee investigated the remaining during the past year of all UNSW by June 2004. demand for places and the provision of Indigenous programs, in both In addition, the General Staff further various types of childcare education and employment. UNSW Enterprise Agreement contains a support for both staff and students. Indigenous staff, students and key clause on the broadbanding of general Consequently, the Vice-Chancellor community representatives were staff positions. Broadbanding has the made a commitment to allocate $1M consulted during the review process. objective of designing jobs to grow over 2003-2004 towards the establish- One of the recommendations of the beyond a single level over a period of ment of new preschool childcare places Review was that all Indigenous time and is part of the University’s and other forms of childcare. In programs be brought under the strategic approach to managing gen- addition, the funding for the Vice- administration of a single Indigenous eral staff and in particular to attract Chancellor’s Childcare Support Fund centre, managed by an Indigenous and retain quality staff by providing for Women Researchers (Staff) was person, and guided by an Indigenous an appropriate career path, while at increased from $500 to $1,200 per grant. Advisory Committee consisting of the same time emphasising improved TRAINING community leaders, representatives of productivity and flexibility. UNSW continued to assist staff to Indigenous organisations and other The review of positions for the be properly informed of their rights stakeholders. purpose of broadbanding will be and responsibilities regarding the The Review also recommended finalised during 2004 and will range of their legislative requirements. provide opportunities for staff to that a clear long-term plan be put in EEO content was integrated into develop further within their current place for attracting Indigenous staff mainstream staff development and jobs, with a significant and positive and for providing an effective training programs, such as staff effect on general staff, including support network to help retain them. orientations, Heads of Schools those in EEO target groups. Through this review, UNSW has workshops, and recruitment and UNSW has also funded the strongly asserted its commitment to selection training. There were also WomenResearch 21 program for a improving Indigenous education and workshops on Handling Grievances further two years. This is an employment opportunities. at UNSW and Conflict Resolution, innovative program to support and a continuation of the online INTERNATIONAL TENSIONS women academics at UNSW to training in Workplace Discrimination In light of the international conflict establish their research careers and is and Harassment. The new ‘A at the start of 2003, the Vice- now in its third year of operation. An Supervisor’s Guide to Workplace Chancellor emailed all staff and evaluation of its second successful Induction’ program was developed students stressing the diversity of year was issued in February 2003. and piloted which outlines UNSW’s UNSW’s community, urging WORK AND FAMILY legislative requirements, including tolerance, and restating UNSW’s Further initiatives have been those under Anti-Discrimination and policies against discrimination, developed to support staff trying to EEO legislation. harassment and racism. In addition,

89 a website of support services, advice increases to the number of accessible Counselling and the Aboriginal and information was established to classrooms, handrails and tactile tiles; Education Program collaborated to assist UNSW staff and students the installation of automatic opening begin development on a new men- during the international tensions. doors and upgrades to a number of toring program for first year The www.unswhotline.unsw. accessible toilets. Indigenous students. Furthermore, edu.au website includes hotlines A Review of Services to UNSW Law commenced a peer tutor pro- for emergencies; contacts for inter- Students With Disabilities was gram to assist rural and isolated stu- national students, exchange students completed in January and the EADU dents, Arts and Social Sciences and their families; counselling is developing an implementation plan established a peer group mentoring services; security information and to roll out in 2004. program to assist students with lan- examples of acceptable and un- The Review emphasised the guage difficulties, and ATAX refined acceptable behaviour. need to build a more integrated its mentoring program to provide The website was created through University-wide approach to the additional support for students from a collaboration between the Equity provision of services for students non-English speaking backgrounds. and Diversity Unit (EADU), EDTeC, with disabilities and recommended Other initiatives to assist region- the Vice-Chancellor’s Office, Inter- the establishment of a network of al students included the establish- national Student Services, the Ex- Faculty-based Disability Contact ment of an online transition to uni- change Office, Study Abroad, Coun- Officers. In Session 1, a UNSW versity program called U-CON- selling, Security, the Communications Master of Policy Studies student NECT, which allows students in iso- Unit, Public Affairs and Development, completed a project placement with lated learning situations to interact and the Educational Development the EADU, to facilitate stakeholder with students on campus. Arts and Unit of the Faculty of Commerce consultation with administrative staff Social Sciences also began develop- and Economics. in Faculties. Interviews and a focus ing a recruitment tour of targeted group were conducted to investigate regional areas in collaboration with WORKPLACE ENGLISH the Aboriginal Resource and The University continued to fund the the requirements of establishing the Research Centre and the Aboriginal Workplace English Program (WEP), Disability Contact Officer network. Education Program. The Kensington which is provided free to all UNSW Feedback from the consultations Colleges have introduced admission staff. In 2002, WEP provided train- indicated that Faculties were keen to priority categories for rural Medicine ing for 74 staff members (55 per cent contribute to service improvement and Engineering students and made men and 45 per cent women) from for students with disabilities and rural students a priority category at 22 different language backgrounds, endorsement of the Disability the UNSW student apartments. 26 of whom were general staff and Contact Officer network is being New scholarships established to 48 of whom were academic staff. sought from the Vice-Chancellor’s complement the existing range for Group classes of two hours were pro- Advisory Committee. Training, the benefit of students from vided which covered areas such as support and evaluation of the disadvantaged backgrounds included speaking/pronunciation, writing/ network is an integral part of two new Law scholarships giving grammar, speaking/listening and implementation and EDTeC has preference to rural and isolated needs analysis meetings. already run an ‘Accessibility and students. Engineering added further Online Learning’ course for contact DISABILITY industry-funded scholarships to its officers, to raise their awareness of For staff and students with disabili- Rural Scholarship Program and the problems that people with ties, there have been ongoing expanded the program’s reach to disabilities have in accessing web- improvements to make the campus include rural and isolated students based resources. more accessible, including the instal- Australia-wide. The Faculties of lation of a lift in the Biomedical INITIATIVES FOR STUDENTS Engineering and Arts and Social Library and lift access to the com- In addition to the range of existing Sciences have also established new puter labs on the lower ground floor mentoring programs to assist stu- scholarships to assist students of the Morven Brown Building; dents from rural, Indigenous, low experiencing financial difficulty. improvements to the access ramp of socio-economic and non-English Along with the ongoing range of the Applied Sciences Building; speaking backgrounds at UNSW, services, courses and consultations

90 already provided to students by the Counselling and the Faculty of Employment (ODEOPE). Key Learning Centre and other learning Commerce and Economics are equity priorities for women and support systems, new mechanisms developing schemes to recycle Faculty equity group staff were identified in were established. Law created an computers for students. Careers and those reports as well as key strategies academic position specifically to assist Employment continued to offer to address the priorities. students to develop their English and preferential access to advertised casual In addition, reports on the writing skills, and Engineering and part-time vacancies for students University’s student equity profile added a course in technical English from disadvantaged backgrounds who were submitted to the Department of and report writing to its first year entered UNSW via the ACCESS Education, Science and Training, the program. Also, Careers and Employ- Scheme. UNSW Committee on Education ment ran workshops to assist EQUITY REPORTING and the Student Affairs Committee. students from non-English speaking As required every year, the EADU These reports contain more backgrounds to increase their submitted annual reports to the comprehensive information on the understanding of graduate attributes Equal Opportunity for Women in range of equity and diversity activities and workplace environments. the Workplace Agency (EOWWA) that have taken place during the year, To further assist students from and the Office of the Director of and copies are available upon request disadvantaged backgrounds, both Equal Opportunity in Public from the EADU.

91 Table A TRENDS IN THE REPRESENTATION OF EEO GROUPS1

EEO Group Benchmark or target 2000 2001 2002 2003 Academic Staff Women 50% 29% 28% 28% 30% Aboriginal people and Torres Strait Islanders 2% 0.6% 0.3% 0.4% 0.4% People from racial, ethnic and ethno-religious minority groups 34% 32% 36% 41% People whose language first spoken as a child was not English 19% 25% 25% 25% 25% People with a disability 6% 7% 6% 4% People with a disability requiring adjustment at work 7% 1.7% 1.7% 1.7% 1.3%

General Staff Women 50% 55% 55% 55% 56% Aboriginal people and Torres Strait Islanders 2% 0.7% 0.7% 0.7% 0.7% People from racial, ethnic and ethno-religious minority groups 29% 27% 32% 37% People whose language first spoken as a child was not English 19% 29% 28% 30% 29% People with a disability 7% 7% 6% 5% People with a disability requiring adjustment at work 7% 1.4% 1.5% 1.3% 1.1%

NOTES 1Staff numbers are as at 31 March 2003. 2Excludes casual staff. 3A Distribution Index of 100 indicates that the centre of the distribution of the EEO group across salary levels is equivalent to that of other staff. Values less than 100 mean that the EEO group tends to be more concentrated at lower salary levels than is the case for other staff. The more pronounced this tendency is, the lower the index will be. In some cases the index may be more than 100, indication that the EEO group is less concentrated at lower salary levels. The Distribution Index is automatically calculated by the software provided by ODEOPE.

Table B TRENDS IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF EEO GROUPS2

EEO Group Benchmark or target 2000 2001 2002 2003 Academic Staff Women 100 74 74 76 76 Aboriginal people and Torres Strait Islanders 100 n/a n/a n/a n/a People from racial, ethnic and ethno-religious minority groups 100 90 92 91 85 People whose language first spoken as a child was not English 100 88 87 91 88 People with a disability 100 105 109 106 116 People with a disability requiring adjustment at work 100 104 104 101 113

General Staff Women 100 89 89 91 93 Aboriginal people and Torres Strait Islanders 100 n/a n/a n/a 87 People from racial, ethnic and ethno-religious minority groups 100 98 98 98 101 People whose language first spoken as a child was not English 100 89 89 89 91 People with a disability 100 101 101 100 99 People with a disability requiring adjustment at work 100 95 102 93 101

2Staff numbers as at 31 March as UNSW ODEOPE Annual Report.

92 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— ETHNIC AFFAIRS PRIORITY STATEMENT

he University continues to students made up 7,384 (38.9 per EEO census during their Trecognise, respect and value the cent of total LOTE students). Local employment. Of these, 857 staff many different cultural, religious and students made up 11,610, (60.1 per members, or 27 per cent, indicated linguistic backgrounds of its students cent of total LOTE students), which that their first language spoken as a and staff. UNSW’s mission and more than meets the LOTE child was not English. statement of values incorporates the representation of 17 per cent of in concepts of diversity, tolerance, mul- the New South Wales general CULTURAL DIVERSITY ticulturalism and engagement with population (1996 Census). The University sees the diversity on the community. The UNSW Student Equity the campus as an opportunity to This report on the Ethnic Plan 2003 identified two priority enhance the cross-cultural skills of all Affairs Priority Statement has been areas for the development of staff and students and to promote prepared to fulfil UNSW’s statutory strategies to enhance and/or support cultural harmony, and we aim to obligations under the Principles of the University’s student equity profile build a respectful, but ‘inclusive’ Multiculturalism Act 2000 and to and recognise and respond to the approach to mainstream teaching and provide a summary of cultural diverse student population. The first learning on campus. However, it is diversity initiatives conducted by aims to equip students with the skills also recognised that for some UNSW during 2003. to operate effectively in a global students whose first language is not world, via an educational English, studying in English can add UNSW STUDENT AND STAFF environment that promotes and pressure on an already demanding DIVERSITY supports cultural diversity. This study program. The University UNSW (including University includes embracing culturally therefore provides some additional College, Australian Defence Force sensitive teaching methods, services to facilitate students’ learning Academy, ADFA) is a diverse assessment and review provisions, among those less familiar with community with students and staff and an ‘inclusive’ campus experience. academic English. from 115 language and cultural The second works to ensure that the During 2003, UNSW groups represented here. student body is drawn from across implemented cultural diversity our diverse community and that STUDENT DIVERSITY initiatives that incorporate these equity groups enjoy the same chance Of the 40,956 students (headcount) complementary approaches. At the of success as other students. in 2003, 18,994, or 46.8 per cent, same time, ongoing strategies were spoke a language other than English STAFF DIVERSITY strengthened or expanded in (LOTE) at home (DEST Of UNSW’s 6,337 staff in 2003, response to the needs of the definition). Of these, international 3,158 (50 per cent) had completed an University community.

93 CURRICULUM strategies for understanding and The Learning the Lingo The Office of the Pro-Vice- maximising different student program is designed as a support Chancellor (Education and Quality approaches to learning in a multi- network for international students at Improvement), together with the cultural context and sessions aimed UNSW. International students meet Faculties, has identified and assisting research students with their in small groups with local student developed cross-cultural competencies presentation skills. Activities are volunteers, from different cultural as part of the graduate competencies designed to draw out comparative backgrounds. Lingo creates a positive exercise. Cross-cultural competencies differences in cultural values and and fun experience by incorporating for teaching staff are being developed approaches to case studies and conversation, games and social through staff development activities examples of business processes. activities and offers international and quality teaching initiatives. Academic staff from various students an opportunity to get to Schools are involved in teaching know more about Australia, mix with FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND ECONOMICS the Faculty’s programs in mainland local students and gain confidence in Following UNSW’s operational China. This exchange promotes speaking English. The program key planning goals, the Faculty of greater understanding of the edu- began in Session 2, 2001 and Commerce and Economics has cational background and context included more than 100 international developed a series of strategies to of a large proportion of the students student participants and 40 local foster the cultural diversity of staff who study in Australia. These student volunteers in 2003. and students. The Faculty’s student staff are encouraged to share their The Mosaic Fusion Forum body is highly culturally diverse understandings and experiences program aims to give high school with approximately 30 per cent with other staff. students an opportunity to talk about international enrolments in the An academic staff induction issues around culture and identity. In undergraduate programs and 40 per program is offered to all new staff 2003, the UNSW Union worked in cent in the postgraduate programs. In which specifically includes discussion partnership with the St George Area addition, nearly 70 per cent of total about the implications of the student Department of Education to run a enrolments speak English as profile for the development and six-week forum series for Moorefield a second language. delivery of curriculum. It also high- Girls and Kogarah High Schools. An essential graduate outcome lights the professional development UNSW student volunteers were for all programs in the Faculty is and support mechanisms available to recruited to facilitate and lead a to obtain an international or global staff. In addition, all new tutors in series of discussion and writing perspective on business and the Faculty are required to attend an workshops. At the end of the forums commerce. All courses and programs extensive tutor training program, an a publication of student work was are encouraged to explicitly address important element of which includes produced which highlighted this outcome in their educational and strategies for maximising the benefits important aspects of Australian curriculum design. The multicultural of diversity in the classroom. multiculturalism and identity. profile of the student body is The International Cookbook is a consciously used to provide inclusive CELEBRATION OF DIVERSITY free Union publication, which curricula. Individual and group work UNSW UNION celebrates the cultural diversity of the incorporates a global perspective and The UNSW Union has embraced UNSW campus. The publication encourages a valuing of diversity. the cultural diversity of the UNSW features recipes and personal stories The Faculty also maintains a community and incorporated that illustrate the different cultural highly culturally diverse staff profile. ‘diversity’ as one of the key values backgrounds of UNSW students. A This enhances the shared knowledge governing the organisation. In 2003 team of student volunteers worked and understanding of teaching and the Union consolidated several closely with Union staff to select and learning in a multicultural environ- cultural diversity initiatives, operating edit recipes and design the Cookbook. ment. Academic staff are also en- out of the Student Development The Campus Community couraged, in workshops and through Department, that included the Program grant scheme was instructional design support, to use Learning the Lingo program, Mosaic established to fund member events the diversity of their classes as a Fusion Forum program and and programs with the aim of resource. Recent activities include International Cookbook. building a more harmonious campus

94 community. In 2003 the Union Eastern Respite and Recreation the New South Wales Department awarded funding to a diverse range Volunteers program. This program of Education which worked colla- of student initiatives including the enabled international students to boratively with the Centre for Indigenous Tertiary Education extend their social networks into the Refugee Research on the project. Student Games, the Islamic Society’s wider Australian community, develop Following the success of the kits Ramadan celebrations and Anti- new skills and gain work experience. for Schools, Fairfield and Waverley Poverty Week. Councils provided additional funding FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL The Union has been successful SCIENCES to produce a further kit for the com- in recruiting international and non- The UNSW Centre for Refugee munity sector. Twenty community English speaking background Research’s ‘Roads to Refuge’ edu- workers from the west of Sydney students to many of its Student cational resource kit was launched were trained to use the materials. Development programs including the in February 2003, and two ‘Train A further collaboration with the Yellow Shirt program, STS (Students the Trainer’ sessions were held for Australian Lawyers for Human Training Students), the SLAP Multicultural Liaison officers from Rights group produced a booklet on Leadership program and the Shack the New South Wales Department of Refugee Law in Australia, which is Tutoring program. This year, School Education in July. In Session included in the Community Kit. Artsweek celebrated the diversity of 2, 2003, a copy of the kit was placed the campus with an ‘Infusion’ theme. in every school in New South Wales. INFORMATION AND SUPPORT The Union also sought to The kit introduces students to FOR STUDENTS embrace the diversity of the UNSW refugees from a wide range of FACULTY OF COMMERCE AND campus through its student backgrounds and aims to demystify ECONOMICS publications. In 2003 Blitz magazine the refugee issue, confront myths The Faculty continues to provide actively encouraged contributions circulating in the community and individual learning support for from international students and promote social harmony. It helps students through the Education covered themes relevant to a students understand what it means Development Unit (EDU), and multicultural campus. The 2003 and to be a refugee, where refugees come guides staff in the development 2004 editions of the Student Diary from and the important role of of culturally sensitive assessment incorporated a cultural calendar and refugee women. The kit looks at the processes. acknowledgment of the Eora people’s different stages of the refugee The EDU provides ongoing land by the Union President. journey, life in refugee camps, and language support through its student what it’s like to arrive in Australia as services and consultations with COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIPS a refugee. It examines the services students when they are interpreting UNSW is committed to developing that Australia provides for refugees and writing assignments. This strong links with the community and encourages students to look at support includes discipline-specific by actively seeking opportunities to what they could do in their school materials, guided assignment writing, engage in community partnerships. and community environments. There workshops and the development of Interaction with the community is are two versions of the kit, for oral and presentation skills. The regarded as essential to the achieve- primary and secondary schools. Each EDU maintains a staff of ESL- ment of UNSW’s mission. kit contains a video, 15 coloured trained learning advisors to address International Student Services overhead slides, background notes, language development within the introduced the Community Volunteer teaching suggestions and a student context of Commerce education. Placement Program to increase the workbook. The kits have been trialed Peer support programs at visibility and involvement of inter- with junior and senior students and undergraduate and postgraduate level national students in the wider have received outstanding approval assist in students’ transition to community. More than 100 students ratings. university and acculturation into the volunteered for projects including the Funding of $56,000 was received Faculty. The Peer Assisted Support Australian Tennis Open, Randwick from the Migration History section Program (PASS) is offered in Council Bush Regeneration Project, of the Premier’s Department for the undergraduate core courses and CanTeen Bandana Day, Australian production of the kits, with involves previously successful Volunteers International and the additional funding of $15,700 from students assisting and mentoring

95 novice learners in the language and CEPP was launched in August Counselling Service. Students content of courses. 2002. Most of the inaugural class have identified with language difficulties Twice a year, the EDU conducts successfully entered degree programs were referred by academic staff to orientation and transition programs in the Faculty of Commerce and the Learning Centre. The Faculty for undergraduate and postgraduate Economics and two other Australian also established Teaching Support students in all Commerce programs universities. The Ryan Family and Writing Workshops for which are designed to acculturate Scholarship supports the Program and postgraduate students. both local and international students two additional Scholarships are COUNSELLING SERVICE into the structures and learning offered by the Commonwealth Bank Client satisfaction surveys in 2001 processes of the Faculty in order to and Qantas. Moreover, AMP has and 2002 indicated that students maximise their participation in their provided an additional scholarship for of non-English speaking back- first year of study. The orientation Indigenous students to progress to ground perceived the counsellors programs specifically address the postgraduate study. as having a good awareness of and language and communication skills FACULTY OF LAW sensitivity to cultural difference. necessary for success in study and in The Faculty of Law created an In 2003, the Counselling Service participation in the disciplines and academic position specifically to deal focused on exploring ways to professions. Subsequent student with tutoring in English and the respond to information from these learning workshops are conducted development of writing skills. surveys. Counsellors continued throughout the sessions on research, Similarly, tutoring was made to have cultural awareness in their writing, spoken communication, available to introduce non-English psychological practice as a primary study skills and assignments. speaking background students to the focus for professional development. In addition the Faculty has an Australian legal system. The Counselling Service conducted Academic Advisor to guide students ATAX developed and refined its a ‘Counsellors in Education’ in academic program choice and mentoring program to provide conference in 2003, with one special personal adjustment to study. This support for non-English speaking presenter being a psychologist of service targets the high number of background students. Students with migrant Chinese background, with international students who may language difficulties were identified, expertise in counselling with not know of local practice and advised of the Learning Centre cultural sensitivity. educational processes. Awareness of cultural diversity The Commerce and Economics programs and issued with ATAX continues to be embedded as a key Preparation Program for Indigenous grammar skills workbooks. component into all aspects of Students (CEPP) was developed in Information regarding the Learning program delivery from one-to-one close consultation with the UNSW Centre; UniLearn; English intervention, to group and Aboriginal Education Program (AEP) Language, Literacy and Numeracy community outreach and training. and the Indigenous community. It Services; and English for Specific This will be maintained through is designed to enhance access for Purposes (TAFE) was included in activity planning and service Indigenous Australians to business the ATAX Student Guide. Academic delivery for 2004. and commerce education, and support was made available for non- The Counselling Service provide business knowledge to English speaking background continues to encourage persons of students undertaking the program. students. LOTE background to respond to CEPP provides instruction in the FACULTY OF ARTS AND SOCIAL our recruitment programs in an main business areas of accounting SCIENCES effort to work toward reflecting the and finance, economics, people The Faculty of Arts and Social diversity of the student population management, business communi- Sciences established a peer mentor- in the staffing profile. cation, marketing, business law and ing program to assist students in taxation. The program also provides need of academic and social THE LEARNING CENTRE ongoing and culturally appropriate support. Due to the success of the The Learning Centre is committed support to Indigenous students and program it was extended in to enhancing equality of access and facilitates their program completion Session 2, 2003 and 23 students outcomes for all students. It provides and career opportunities. were trained as mentors by the a supportive learning environment in

96 which the language, learning and English programs provide intensive compare favourably to those of communication skills essential for language and study skills support for Australian residents, this has not academic success are explicitly international students. been surveyed since 1997. Anecdotal taught. The Independent Learning Conversation classes are attended evidence from students returning to Centre branch provides a safe, by students of many different Asia suggests that employment supportive, friendly and approachable nationalities and involve a high level outcomes since the Asian financial learning environment where students of cultural exchange. Pronunciation downturn in late 1997 may not be so can access resources and attend workshops similarly involve the positive. workshops to support and enhance sharing of different language The International Employment their educational development. experiences and backgrounds. Program (IEP) was introduced in A recent survey of students June 2000 to build relationships with CAREERS AND EMPLOYMENT participating in Learning Centre international organisations and Following discussions with staff from workshops indicated that they providing a service for them to International Student Services which provided an opportunity to meet advertise opportunities to UNSW highlighted the need to assist people of different backgrounds, students. Since 2001, there have international students to seek part- develop friendships that transcend been annual meetings with graduate time employment during their national and cultural boundaries, and recruitment personnel in targeted studies in Australia, Careers and learn about other cultures. organisations in Hong Kong, Employment have developed a During 2003, the Centre ran Singapore and Kuala Lumpur, program to orientate international programs which explicitly promote coinciding with international alumni students to the Australian workplace. equity and access by teaching the activities and graduations in those International students who academic skills required for successful countries. return home after their studies with a university study. These included Currently 30 organisations are successful Australian work experience, preparatory programs such as the advertising on the IEP website, nine will have developed the global skills Academic English and Communi- have used IEP services to mail or and outlook required in today’s work- cations Skills Program for internat- email information to students place and may have an advantage in ional students, and the University regarding international employment, the graduate recruitment process. Orientation and Study Skills course, two participated in the Graduate Also, as increasing numbers of which attracts a significant proportion Recruitment Program, five inter- international students are now of students from non-English viewed on campus and seven applying for permanent residency in speaking and less advantaged conducted Information Sessions. backgrounds. The academic skills Australia at the completion of their The Jobs on Campus scheme component of the Indigenous Pre- studies, programs aimed at improving is a joint initiative of Careers and Law Program, the Built Environment the understanding of employer Employment and Equity and Preparatory Program and the Pre- expectations provide international Diversity, providing preferential Medical Program support Indigenous students with the knowledge and access for casual campus work to students preparing to study Law, the skills to compete more effectively in students who entered UNSW under Built Environment and Medicine. the Australian graduate market. A the ACCESS scheme. This scheme The joint peer tutoring scheme two-hour workshop was developed is an equity program that provides by the School of Law and the and piloted with a group of 12 concessional entry to students who Learning Centre pairs senior Law international students. Feedback was are new to higher education and students with First Year students, very positive and the workshop will who can demonstrate long-term mainly from non-English speaking now be delivered each session and educational disadvantage. backgrounds, to assist them with during Orientation Week. In the first instance, this conceptual and language-based support. Careers and Employment also program advises ACCESS students The TELL (talk, exchange, listen recognises the need to improve the by email if an opportunity for ‘on and learn) support program fosters employment outcomes of UNSW campus’ work becomes available. an inclusive context for language international graduates. While Should a suitable applicant not be development and the exchange of employment outcomes for inter- found, the opportunity is then placed cultural understandings. Concurrent national students prior to 1998 on Jobs Online. Equity and Diversity

97 and Careers and Employment have to University Foundation Studies Appropriate courses incorporate a encouraged Faculties and students, especially those who are specific equity and diversity module departments on campus to employ an younger and come from countries and Staff Development program ACCESS student where possible. with very few compatriots on presenters and resources reflect During 2003, 238 ACCESS campus. Montlhy meetings provide equity and diversity principles. students registered with Careers and an opportunity for Foundation Staff Development Unit Employment to participate in the Studies students to connect with programs include the development of program were offered 47 positions on the University through networks cultural competencies as part of the campus. Feedback from units that with senior students. workshop program for Postgraduate advertised through the program has Supervisors. Due to the diversity of been positive in terms of advertising CULTURALLY COMPETENT the student population at UNSW, vacancies, the quality of student STAFF supervisors must be aware of the applicants and the turnaround time ITET FELLOWSHIP differences between gender and involved in recruiting students. Innovative Teaching and Education culture and how this may impact on Technology Fellowships (ITET) are INTERNATIONAL STUDENT SERVICES the supervisor/student relationship. awarded to UNSW staff each year International Student Services (ISS) Programs are also included on and in 2003, a cross-disciplinary recognises the challenges faced by the integration of cultural awareness team of six ITET Fellows developed the large number of international within the management and super- a workshop which aims to enhance students on campus. While offering a visory development and customer participants’ awareness of issues of comprehensive range of services and service programs for general staff; the cultural diversity on campus and to programs to assist these students to incorporation of modules on manag- explore strategies for dealing with settle into Sydney and University life, ing diversity in all supervisor and diversity in the classroom. ISS also endeavours to increase the management development programs; Initially the workshop was visibility and the involvement of career development through the presented to a group of ITET international students in the ‘learn@lunch’ series, which includes Fellows and following its success was University and the wider Australian workshops on cultural diversity; and presented at the ITET Symposium community. In 2003, students part- embedding cultural diversity in in December. The workshop will be icipated in the Peer Mentor and Uni- frontline management modules. included in the UNSW Network in buddies programs and the Community GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN Learning and Teaching Program Volunteer Placement Program. UNIVERSITY LEARNING AND TEACHING (UNILT) in 2004, making it More than 100 international The Graduate Certificate in available to all university staff. students participated as volunteers in University Learning and Teaching various community projects in 2003. STAFF DEVELOPMENT focuses on improving teaching These included Daffodil Day, Native The Staff Development Unit practice at UNSW in order to tree planting at Coogee, Australian provides training for academic and enhance the learning and educational Tennis Open, Sydney Arts Festival, general staff in cultural diversity. The experience of our students. The Bandana Day for Canteen and the development of intercultural program aims to encourage the Eastern Respite and Recreation sensitivity skills for staff in teaching development of reflective Volunteers program. Another 56 and curriculum development and practitioners by supporting students who received training as forging overseas alliances has been participants to review and critically Peer Mentors are able to offer a range identified as a key goal. reflect on their own teaching and of support initiatives to new students In order to incorporate cultural learning experiences and the context including email and face-to-face diversity in staff development, around them, the experiences of their contact and support, campus tours, cultural competencies and issues are students and colleagues, and on and staffing the ‘Recovery Zone’ to be addressed during the research into learning and teaching during Orientation Week and assist- developmental phase of all Staff in higher education. ing in the various ISS social events. Development courses and activities In 2003, 41 staff were actively Through the Uni-Buddies and equity and diversity principles involved in the program, comprising program, senior international are embedded into its training 24 women and 17 men, 33 academic students continue to offer support programs and other activities. and eight general staff.

98 This program works to raise and communication skills for UNSW difficult to attend group classes awareness of student diversity, and staff since 1991. The program is because of the nature of their work how to teach in a way that is funded by the University, providing a (usually time constraints), or inclusive of it. Diversity is included teacher/coordinator for three days academic staff who have specific as a session in the workshops and in per week, who offers a supportive needs that can’t be met all year round the resources, and within two of learning environment in the form of in group classes (such as research program courses, Foundations of group classes and one-to-one report writing). Such self-study is University Learning and Teaching consultations, to any member of staff supervised by the teacher and backed and Student Learning in Higher – academic or general, full-time or up by one-to-one consultations. Education, diversity forms a casual. The teacher also provides The program is also being component in the curriculum. guidance and support in the use of publicised more widely through the Efforts are made to integrate self-access materials in the two distribution of information at diversity into all aspects of the program independent learning centres run by orientation days, departmental as a key area in understanding effective the Institute of Languages. human resource managers and learning and teaching. For example, a In 2003, 55 academic staff Technet. This has been successful – focus on small group teaching issues and 36 general staff from 23 different most visiting fellows now make will include students from different language backgrounds participated in contact within a week or two of their backgrounds who may have different the program, totalling 91 participants. arrival in Australia. Also, an experiences of small group learning. Workplace-oriented, self-access increased number of general staff materials are being developed for use are becoming aware of the program, WORKPLACE ENGLISH PROGRAM in the Independent Learning Centre and thanks to the support and The Workplace English Program to meet the diverse needs of staff, interest of their managers, are (WEP) has been providing language including general staff who find it attending classes.

99 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— HUMAN RESOURCES AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

o contribute to the mission of relating to the advertisement of female academics to reestablish their Tthe University, a major goal of positions and processing of careers, after returning from maternity Human Resources (HR) is to min- applications were streamlined and leave with each female academic able imise the risk of staff management electronic self-help recruitment and to access a grant of up to $10,000 for issues. To achieve this, HR imple- selection information modules for this purpose. mented a number of strategic initia- managers and staff were introduced. The University is committed to tives designed to further support, WORKFORCE PROFILING providing flexible workplace inform and train UNSW’s managers The 2003 University of New South arrangements and other family- to ensure they have effective and rel- Wales Workforce Profile Report analysed friendly employment practices. The evant people-management skills. HR a range of staffing and employment UNSW Breastfeeding Policy works in close partnership with key indicators for academic and general Statement is designed to clients to improve the management staff at the University for a five-year accommodate the needs of female and development of the University’s period from 1998 to 2002. This Report staff members who may be returning staff, and to foster a positive and provides a comprehensive profile of to work while they continue to flexible work environment. the staffing characteristics of the breastfeed, within the context of the

HR SERVICE DELIVERY MODEL University workforce and identifies needs of the University and With the successful placement of emerging longitudinal staffing trends, individual work units. During the HR consultants in each Faculty, HR essential to the effective strategic year, the University also revised and implemented the second phase of the planning process in a large and updated its Workplace Bullying HR Service Delivery Model aimed at complex organisation such as UNSW. policy to underline the standard of better meeting client needs through NEW POLICY DEVELOPMENT behaviour expected of all UNSW the delivery of improved recruitment Human Resources has been staff and to reinforce that workplace services. The recruitment function instrumental in the development and bullying will not be accepted. was delineated into two main review of policies in line with As an equal opportunity services: Strategic Recruitment legislative requirements and employer, the University’s Services, responsible for the delivery contemporary management practices. ‘Reasonable Adjustment Guidelines of a high level recruitment service for Human Resources has been for Managers of Staff and Potential all UNSW senior appointments and involved in the introduction of further Staff with Disabilities’ highlights the Operational Recruitment Services, family friendly policies and initiatives commitment to consider each aimed at providing recruitment to support female academic staff. In employee and make reasonable advice and assistance to key clients. June 2003, the University established adjustments to facilitate the work of In addition, recruitment processes the Career Advancement Fund to assist employees with disabilities to

100 contribute as full members of their has the objective of designing jobs by the higher education sector for work teams and to enjoy the same to grow beyond a single level over a advice on these matters. employment rights as other staff. period of time. It is part of the In addition to the salary increases The University is committed to University’s strategic approach to negotiated for academic staff, an aca- meeting its Occupational, Health and managing general staff and in particu- demic loading of $3,000 is payable Safety (OHS) obligations by providing lar to attract and retain quality staff by per annum to all academic staff (pro- a workplace that is safe and without providing an appropriate career path, rata for fractional staff) as an innova- risk to the health and safety of staff, while at the same time emphasising tive means of attracting and reward- students and visitors to the University. improved productivity and flexibility. ing quality academic staff to UNSW. The inclusion of OHS requirements Monthly management information The University is committed to a in position description statements of briefing sessions were also provided fair level and distribution of academic responsibility ensures that all senior for Deans, Heads of School, managers workloads, a transparent process of managers, managers, supervisors are and supervisors. work allocation and providing the accountable for OHS compliance. The electronic delivery of the opportunity for academic staff to be latest human resource, industrial TRAINING AND INFORMATION consulted about these issues. The SESSIONS relations and OHS legislation and University will undertake a pilot study To ensure that UNSW’s managers policy information to Faculty and of academic workloads in one School and supervisors have a clear Divisional staff and supervisors has in each Faculty in 2004, to benchmark understanding of how to effectively continued to be successfully utilised. hours worked by academic staff. manage staff within legislative and FINALISATION OF THE 2003 The Career Development Scheme policy compliance frameworks, HR ENTERPRISE AGREEMENTS is now formally recognised in the delivered in excess of 125 training HR, and Industrial Relations in par- Academic Staff and General Staff sessions which ranged from effective ticular, were heavily involved in Enterprise Agreements. The Univer- management of employees to negotiating the terms of the new sity is committed to providing all performance issues, recruitment and UNSW (Academic Staff ) Enterprise employees, including fixed-term staff, selection, OHS compliance and HR Agreement 2003 and the UNSW with the opportunity to be involved in database compliance. Faculty-targeted (General Staff ) Enterprise Agreement the planning process within their work training sessions were also provided. 2003 which were finalised in mid- unit and to develop personal skills that Following the finalisation of 2003. A range of innovative work- complement their work unit’s goals. enterprise bargaining, mid-2003 saw a place practices and flexible remunera- The UNSW (General Staff ) significant increase in the number of tion options were developed in the Enterprise Agreement 2003 saw the information briefing sessions required fourth round of enterprise bargaining introduction of broadbanding of gen- by Faculty and Divisional managers for University staff. The University eral staff positions across two or more on industrial relations matters such as has set the benchmark for other ter- classification levels and a collapsed ‘broadbanding’ and the Career tiary institutions with this round of incremental range with fewer incre- Development Scheme. Broadbanding enterprise bargaining and is targeted mental steps.

Table 1 TOTAL NUMBER OF UNSW STAFF (Headcount as at 31 December)

Staff Type 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Academic Staff 1,437 1,434 1,471 1,503 1,572 1,586 Academic Research Staff 173 217 238 309 343 Academic/Research Total 1,437 1,607 1,688 1,741 1,881 1,929 General Staff (Level 1-9) 2,527 2,641 2,566 2,601 2,760 2,720 General Staff (Level 10-14) 73 75 74 81 95 108 General Staff Total 2,600 2,716 2,640 2,682 2,855 2,828 Language Teaching Staff 64 68 60 57 61 74 Sub-Total 4,101 4,391 4,388 4,480 4,797 4,831 Casual Staff 1,849 2,004 2,098 2,230 TOTAL (inc Casual Staff) 4,101 4,391 6,237 6,484 6,895 7,061

101 Table 2.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF UNSW STAFF BY GENDER (Headcount as at 31 December)

YEAR GENDER STAFF TYPES TOTAL Academic Academic General General Language Research (Level 1-9) (Level 10-14) Teaching 1998 Women 359 1,377 22 50 1,808 Men 1,078 1,150 51 14 2,293 Total 1,437 0 2,527 73 64 4,101 1999 Women 363 53 1,466 22 52 1,956 Men 1,071 120 1,175 53 16 2,435 Total 1,434 173 2,641 75 68 4,391 2000 Women 374 73 1,445 23 48 1,963 Men 1,097 144 1,121 51 12 2,425 Total 1,471 217 2,566 74 60 4,388 2001 Women 412 81 1,505 23 46 2,067 Men 1,091 157 1,096 58 11 2,413 Total 1,503 238 2,601 81 57 4,480 2002 Women 443 114 1,581 36 47 2,221 Men 1,129 195 1,179 59 14 2,576 Total 1,572 309 2,760 95 61 4,797 2003 Women 455 134 1,567 39 55 2,250 Men 1,131 209 1,153 69 19 2,581 Total 1,586 343 2,720 108 74 4,831

Table 2.2 TOTAL PECENTAGE OF UNSW STAFF BY GENDER (as at 31 December)

YEAR GENDER STAFF TYPES TOTAL Academic Academic General General Language Research (Level 1-9) (Level 10-14) Teaching

1998 Women 25.0% 54.5% 30.1% 78.1% 44.1% Men 75.0% 45.5% 69.9% 21.9% 55.9% 100% 1999 Women 25.3% 30.6% 55.5% 29.3% 76.5% 44.5% Men 74.7% 69.4% 44.5% 70.7% 23.5% 55.5% 100% 2000 Women 25.4% 33.6% 56.3% 31.1% 80.0% 44.7% Men 74.6% 66.4% 43.7% 68.9% 20.0% 55.3% 100% 2001 Women 27.4% 34.0% 57.9% 28.4% 80.7% 46.1% Men 72.6% 66.0% 42.1% 71.6% 19.3% 53.9% 100% 2002 Women 28.2% 36.9% 57.3% 37.9% 77.0% 46.3% Men 71.8% 63.1% 42.7% 62.1% 23.0% 53.7% 100% 2003 Women 28.7% 39.1% 57.6% 36.1% 74.3% 46.6% Men 71.3% 60.9% 42.4% 63.9% 25.7% 53.4% 100%

Table 3 TOTAL NUMBER OF UNSW ADJUNCT,CONJOINT AND VISITING APPOINTMENTS (as at 31 December)

Staff Type 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Adjuncts 140 165 184 167 147 163 Conjoints 430 489 520 696 820 1,019 Visitors 371 442 500 443 437 489 TOTAL 941 1,096 1,204 1,306 1,404 1,671

102 Table 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF UNSW ACADEMIC STAFF SUCCESSFULLY PROMOTED (as at 31 December)

Staff Type 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Lecturer 8 3 5 14 0 9 Senior Lecturer 28 28 45 35 30 22 Assoc Professor 24 25 33 24 21 28 Professor 12 10 12 12 9 14 TOTAL 72 66 95 85 60 73

Table 5 TOTAL NUMBER OF UNSW SSP APPLICATIONS (as at 31 December) SSP Applications 2000 2001 2002 2003 Number of Staff 122 128 112 91 Percentage of Staff 7.2% 7.4% 6.0% 5.7%

EXPLANATORY NOTES 3 Casual staff headcount statistics are Languages general staff, and those 1Statistics are reported as headcount reported in Table 1 only (ie casual staff AGSM general staff employed by (actual number of staff) and, as such, will are not reported in the other tables UNSW, who are full-time, part-time, contrast with other UNSW staff statistics above). Table 1 casual headcount fixed-term and continuing 35 hour and required to be reported to agencies such statistics are also a ‘snapshot measure’ at 38 hour per week Level 1-9 general staff, as the Department of Education Services the peak hire period for UNSW casual Level 7-9 (converted to Level 1-9 and Training (DEST) and the Equal staff (Pay 11). Also note that casual staff equivalents) general research staff and Opportunity for Women in the were not recorded prior to 2000. Level 10-14 general staff. Workplace Agency (EOWA). Different 4Academic and academic research staff 6 Visiting, conjoint and adjunct to our internal headcount method, these headcount statistics include UNSW, headcount statistics include all agencies require staff numbers to be ADFA and AGSM full-time, part-time, categories of visiting (Honorary reported in full-time equivalent (FTE) fixedterm and continuing Levels A-E Associate to Visiting Senior Research consistent with predetermined formulas academic staff and Levels A-E academic Fellow), conjoint (Conjoint Associate resulting in differing staff numbers. research staff. Note that academic Lecturer to Conjoint Professor) and 2 Headcount statistics are an research staff are a subset of academic adjunct (Adjunct Associate Lecturer to ‘end of year snapshot’ measure of staff as identified in the UNSW Adjunct Professor to Adjunct Research UNSW staffing numbers as at 31 Academic Staff Enterprise Agreement. Fellow) staff. Note that these categories December each year. Note that only Also note that the 1998 academic of staff are defined as honorary or those UNSW staff who are identified headcount data do not include academic non-paid staff. as being employed under one of the research staff numbers as the research 7 Special Studies Program headcount UNSW Enterprise Agreements are staff classifications in 1998 included data include Levels A-E academic staff counted (ie statistics do not include those both academic and general staff with and Levels A-E academic research staff staff who are covered by the enterprise research responsibilities. who have taken Special Studies Program agreement of a UNSW commercial 5 General staff headcount statistics Overseas (SSP) and Special Studies entity). include UNSW, ADFA, Institute of Program within Australia (SSA) leave.

103 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

PART FIVE

105 _ FINANCE

114 _ CONSULTANTS

114 _ MATTERS RAISED BY THE NSW AUDITOR GENERAL

115 _ FINANCIAL REPORT FOR 2003

117 _ INDEPENDENT AUDIT REPORT

119 _ STATEMENT BY MEMBERS OF COUNCIL THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT 2003

—— FINANCE

FINANCIAL REPORT

The Financial Report for the year ended 31 December 2003 has been prepared in accordance with Section 41B of the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and the Guidelines for the Preparation of Annual Financial Reports for the 2003 Reporting Period by Australian Higher Education Institutions issued by the Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST). The NSW Auditor General has furnished a qualified audit opinion on the Report in terms of Section 41C(1B) and 1(C) of that Act. Both the Report and the opinion are shown on pages 117 and 118 of this Annual Report.

The consolidated financial report has been prepared for the University and its controlled entities on an accrual basis in accordance with the policies disclosed in the Report.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS FOR 2003 The consolidated operating result for the year ended 31 December 2003 was a surplus of $16.6M ($53.6M in 2002). Table 1 shows the break up of the consolidated operating result in terms of movements in University cash and non- cash assets, and assets of controlled entities.

TABLE 1: CONSOLIDATED OPERATING RESULT – Consolidated columns

Consolidated Operating result $M 2003 2002 2001 2000 $M $M $M $M

OPERATING REVENUE (I) 838.5 834.9 763.3 715.1 Operating Expenditure (i) (821.2) (782.1) (718.8) (649.6) 17.3 52.8 44.4 65.6 Outside equity and tax (0.7) 0.8 0.2 (1.1) Operating Result 16.6 53.6 44.7 64.4

Represented by Changes in the University’s: Unrestricted funds (ii) 19.6 18.4 30.8 11.3 Restricted funds (iii) (2.0) 0.4 5.4 6.5 Prepaid and unexpended grants 3.8 1.4 1.0 5.2

Fund balances (ii) 21.4 20.2 37.1 22.9

Property, plant and equip (iv) (4.7) 22.5 (8.5) 26.9 Operating results of controlled entities (0.0) 11.0 16.1 14.6

Operating Result 16.6 53.6 44.7 64.4 UNSW Fund balances

Controlled entities (i) excludes deferred superannuation 43.4 63.8 84.2 (57.8) (ii) excludes transfer from/(to) reserves 10.7 9.8 2.9 Property, plant and equipment (iii) includes research, endowment and beneficial funds (iv) excludes changes in the asset revaluation reserve

105 The results for each of the entities within the UNSW group are summarised in Table 2.

TABLE 2: 2003 RESULTS OF ENTITIES IN THE UNSW GROUP

Revenue Expenses Operating result Accumulated after tax funds $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

University 739,291 722,666 16,625 953,439 Deferred employee benefits for superannuation 43,374 43,374 0 0 782,665 766,040 16,625 953,439 AGSM Ltd 46,800 44,447 1,577 9,247 UNSW International House Ltd 1,614 1,378 237 2,970 UNSW Press Ltd 14,631 14,571 61 1,109 Unisearch Ltd 14,818 16,699 (1,881) 5,832 NewSouth Global Ltd 58,666 57,267 1,286 15,225 UNSW Foundation Ltd as trustee for the 9,120 3,428 5,691 34,751 UNSW Foundation Biosignal Pty Ltd 747 1,149 (269) (598) Acyte Biotech Pty Ltd 927 961 (23) 45 Qucor Pty Ltd 30 83 (53) (53) Inter-group eliminations (48,137) (41,464) (6,674) (13,203) 881,882 864,560 16,576 1,008,762

(i) Excludes outide equity interests in operating result, $0.633M, and accumulated funds, $4.28M.

During the year Reserves increased by $91.9M due to: • $91.2M net increase in property, plant and equipment arising from revaluations; • $9.1M increase in the market value of long term investments, ie unrealised gains; and, • $8.4M net transfer to accumulated funds (ie decrease in reserves) following the sale of property that had been revalued in the prior year. By the end of 2003 UNSW’s liability for NSW State emerging cost superannuation schemes had increased to $352.6M, a $43.4M, or 14.0 per cent, increase on the previous year. Movements in the liability over the last five years have been:

2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Liability at 31 December 352,584 309,210 245,434 161,273 219,107 Change in liability from previous year 43,374 63,776 84,161 (57,834) (35,040)

Under the accounting treatment that is required to be adopted, the increment in the liability in 2003 equally increases University and Consolidated revenues and expenses by $43.4M ($63.8M in 2002). In comparison, because the liability decreased in 1999 and 2000 revenue and expenses in those years were reduced by the amounts shown above. On the Statement of Financial Position, the University’s liability for NSW State emerging cost superannuation schemes is included in the Provision for Staff Superannuation and is offset by recognising the Government as a debtor in Receivables. In order to avoid misleading comparisons between years, throughout the analysis and commentary that follows, Deferred Government Superannuation Contributions and Deferred Employee Benefits for State Superannuation have been excluded from revenue and expenses.

After excluding Deferred Government Superannuation Contributions,revenue increased by $3.6M, or 0.4 per cent, over the year from $834.9M to $838.5M, due to the following movements:

106 increase/(decrease) • HECS and PELS $8.9M •Prior period error $8.3M •Investment income $8.2M •Commonwealth Government financial assistance $5.1M Fees for courses $3.1M •Consultancy and contract research ($2.6M) •Donations, bequests, scholarships and other income ($4.3M) •Other fees and charges ($23.1M) Revenue includes $8.3M for a prior period error. The University identified an unreconciled amount, whereby the balance of cash at bank was $8.3M more than the balance recorded in the general ledger. Investigations by the University indicate that the error relates to a prior period, but have not identified its cause or nature. In the 2003 Financial Report, the University has recognised $8.353M as revenue and cash to adjust for the unreconciled amount in the bank account. As a percentage of total revenue Commonwealth Government financial assistance marginally increased from 38.4 per cent in 2002 to 38.9 per cent in 2003. When taken together with HECS, PELS and NSW gov- ernments the percentage is 51.2 per cent in 2003, compared to 49.7 per cent in 2002. After excluding Deferred Employee Benefits for State Superannuation, expenses rose by $39.1M over the previous year, or 5.0 per cent. Movements were: increase/(decrease) • Employee benefits $30.1M •Contract services $9.4M • Depreciation and amortisation $8.7M •Scholarships and awards $6.6M •Writedown of investments in unlisted companies $7.8M • Bad and doubtful debts $2.7M •Consumables, overheads, other, travel, etc ($26.2M)

Net cash from operating activities, investment activities and Government increased by $30.3M, compared with a $28.4M increase in the previous year. Payments for Property, Plant and Equipment in 2003 were $56.8M, compared to $71.6M in 2002. Assets have increased by $159.7M and liabilities have increased by $42.4M, with the result that by the end of 2003 net assets had increased by $117.3M or 10.6 per cent. Changes in assets and liabilities included:

ASSETS: •Overall cash and investments increased by $61.4M, which included $9.1M in unrealised gains in long term investments; • The value of land and buildings, net of depreciation, increased by $77.6M, which included a net increase of $83.5M due to revaluations. The value of plant and equipment, net of depreciation, decreased by $3.1M; • Deferred Government Superannuation Contributions increased by $43.4M. Other receivables increased by $1.3M and other assets (including inventories) decreased by $20.9M;

LIABILITIES: •Provisions for long service leave, annual leave, workers compensation and Professorial Superannuation increased by $7.7M. Provisions for Deferred Employee Benefits for State Superannuation increased by $43.4M; •Accrued expenses and sundry creditors decreased by $2.0M and $7.9M, respectively; and, • Income in advance decreased by $0.5M and other liabilities decreased by $1.7M.

107 UNIVERSITY (ONLY) RESULTS FOR 2003 The University’s 2003 Budget was approved by the Council of the University on 16 December 2002. The 2004 Budget was approved by Council on 15 December 2003. Tables 3, 4 and 5 compare the actual results for the University (excluding controlled entities) with the estimated statement of financial performance, statement of financial position and statement of cash flows as shown in UNSW Budgets. The operating result for 2003 was $12.9M less than budget. This included an unbudgeted revenue of $8.4M for a prior period error, $7.8M write down of investments in unlisted companies and $3.4M increase over budget in bad and doubtful debts.

TABLE 3: STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003 – University columns 2002 2003 2003 2004 Actual Actual Budget Budget $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Commonwealth financial assistance: 205,817 HEFA 205,445 206,679 210,344 34,947 HEFA and ARC research 37,901 37,055 40,586 48,573 Other Commonwealth grants 46,362 50,262 49,008 6,712 NSW Government financial assistance 7,787 4,949 5,794 75,991 Higher Education Contribution Scheme 81,050 77,239 82,179 10,507 PELS and BOTPLS 14,316 – 17,034 204,024(i) Fees and charges 209,502(i) 218,902 219,426 70,943 Consultancy and contract research (incl C’wlth) 74,024 64,929 76,041 29,691 Other revenue 34,850 28,537 48,848 – Prior period error 8,353 – – 14,281 Investment Income 19,701 11,618 15,060 701,486 739,291 700,170 764,320 63,776 Deferred Gov’t superannuation contributions 43,374 – – 765,262 REVENUE 782,665 700,170 764,320

380,608 Employee benefits 409,807 389,283 409,588 39,831 Depreciation and amortisation 48,355 45,506 47,556 20,907 Buildings, grounds, insurance and software 16,838 19,373 21,280 34,686 Scholarships and Awards 37,842 33,715 37,338 48,529 Contract Services 56,692 48,562 54,888 22,858 Travel and entertainment 23,624 21,400 23,919 108,198 Consumables and other expenses 115,389 106,966 125,816 1,843 Student fee discounts 2,540 – – 1,344 Bad and doubtful debts 3,742 312 335 – Write down of investment – unlisted companies 7,837 – – – Strategic and contingent expenditure – 5,500 25,300 658,804 722,666 670,617 746,020 63,776 Deferred Employee Benefits for Superannuation 43,374 –– 722,580 EXPENSES 766,040 670,617 746,020

42,682 NET OPERATING RESULT 16,625 29,553 18,300

874,432 Accumulated Funds at 1 January 926,134 926,134(ii) 953,439(ii) 9,020 Transfer from/(to) Reserves 10,680 – – 926,134 Accumulated Funds at 31 December 953,439 955,687 971,739(ii)

(i) Includes $24.2M ($21.3M in 2002) in recoveries of costs paid on behalf of associated and external organisations. (ii) Adjusted to reflect the actual balance at the end of 2003.

108 After excluding Deferred Government Superannuation Contributions and Deferred Employee Benefits for State Superannuation revenue increased by $39.1M over budget and expenses were $52.0M more than budget. At the end of 2003 net assets were $81.5M greater than budget. This increase can be attributed to the revalua- tion of land, buildings and rare books. The net increase in the asset revaluation reserve during the year was $80.5M. At $624.3M, actual total liabilities exceeded the budget by $70.5M. Just under 69 per cent of this increase, $48.4M, is due to increase in provisions for deferred employee entitlements, of which $41.1M is for provi- sions for Deferred Employee Benefits for State Superannuation

TABLE 4: STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION FOR YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003 – University columns 2002 2003 2003 2004 Actual Actual Budget Budget $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

366,936 Cash and Investments 442,718 404,080 350,364(i) 80,497 Receivables and other 71,608 55,000 73,500 738 Inventories 637 902 902 832,598 Property, Plant and Equipment 908,411 854,806 1,004,976(i) 306,652 Deferred Gov’t Superannuation Contributions 350,026 306,652 350,026(i) 1,587,421 TOTAL ASSETS 1,773,400 1,621,440 1,779,768

Commonwealth grants received in advance 22,473 Accounts payable 21,265 27,236 28,080 Provisions 316,032 State superannuation 357,151 316,030 357,151(i) 117,236 Other 126,584 119,325 131,354(i) 99,334 Others 119,303 91,230 87,408 555,075 TOTAL LIABILITIES 624,303 553,821 603,993

1,032,346 NET ASSETS 1,149,097 1,067,619 1,175,775

926,134 Accumulated Funds 953,439 955,687 971,739(i) Reserves: 105,498 Asset Revaluation 186,043 105,498 186,043(i) 714 Investment Revaluation 9,615 6,434 17,993(i) 1,032,346 TOTAL EQUITY 1,149,097 1,067,619 1,175,775

(i) Adjusted to reflect the actual balance at the end of 2003.

109 The net cash from operating and investing was $11.8M above budget. Payments for property, plant and equipment in 2003 were $29.1M less than the budget estimate.

TABLE 5: STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW FOR YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER – University columns

2002 2003 2003 2004 Actual Actual Budget Budget $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Inflows: 320,637 Commonwealth Gov’t financial assistance 325,746 293,995 299,938 6,712 NSW Government and Statutory Authorities 7,787 4,949 5,794 75,991 Higher Education Contribution Scheme 81,050 77,239 82,179 209,576 Other Operating Revenue 280,001 312,369 361,350 8,578 Interest 10,772 11,618 15,060 Outflows: (531,870) Operating Expenses (593,131) (613,571) (696,671) 89,624 Net Cash Provided or (Used) by Operating Activities 112,225 86,599 67,650

CASH FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Inflows: 999 Proceeds from Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment 18,545 17,130 – Outflows: (64,892) Payments for Purchase of property, plant and equipment (55,708) (84,844) (144,121) (63,893) (37,163) (67,714) (144,121) (6,886) Net cash flows on investments (38,626) 5,720 8,378 (70,779) Net cash provided/(used) by investing activities (75,789) (61,994) (135,743) 18,845 Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash Held 36,436 24,605 (68,093) 162,855 Cash at Beginning of Reporting Period 181,700 181,700 218,136(i) 181,700 Cash at End of Reporting Period 218,136 206,305 150,043(i)

(i) Adjusted to reflect cash at the end of 2003.

ACCUMULATED FUNDS OF THE UNIVERSITY The University’s accumulated funds (ie excluding controlled entities) increased by $27.3M over the year from $926.1M to $953.4M, see Table 6. Of this increase, fund balances (cash assets) increased by $32.0M and property, plant and equipment (after excluding revaluations) decreased by $4.7M. The increase in fund balances was comprised of: a $3.7M increase in Commonwealth grants in advance or unexpended; a $2.0M decrease in restricted funds; and, a $30.3M increase in unrestricted funds.

110 TABLE 6: ACCUMULATED FUNDS – University columns

University – Accumulated Funds $M 2003 2002 2001 2000 $M $M $M $M Unrestricted funds 159.3 129.0 101.6 70.8 Restricted funds (i) 30.8 32.8 32.4 27.1 Prepaid and unexpended grants 40.9 37.2 35.8 34.8 Fund balances 231.0 199.0 169.8 132.7 Property, plant and equipment (ii) 722.4 727.1 704.6 713.1 Accumulated Funds 953.4 926.1 874.4 845.8

(i) includes research, endowment and beneficial funds. Does not include endowment and beneficial funds held by UNSW in trusts which under accounting standards are included in ‘other liabilities’ on the statement of financial position. (ii) excl asset revaluation 186.0 105.5 211.6 191.8 reserve Unrestricted Funds Restricted Funds Prepaid and unexpected grants Property, plant and equipment

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND PERFORMANCE The University’s investment activities are regulated by the University of New South Wales Act 1989. During 2003 the University’s investments were divided between the following three investment Pools: Pool L, a long-term investment fund with an investment horizon of more than two years managed by seven external fund managers; Pool S, the University’s short-term working capital with an investment horizon of less than two years managed internally by UNSW’s Treasury and Investment Services; and Pool P, investments in special projects and property (generally residential) managed internally by UNSW’s Treasury and Investment Services. In accordance with the Annual Reports (Statutory Bodies) regulations the performance of Pools L and S are measured in Table 7 against Treasury Corporation Facilities. It is not appropriate for Pool P’s performance to be measured in this way as it is a project fund and its investment criteria and horizon differ markedly from any of the Treasury Corporation facilities.

TABLE 7: INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE – University columns

Fund Manager Return(i) for 12 Treasury Corporation Return(i) for Treasury months to Facility Performance 12 months Corporation Facility 31/12/2003 for 12 months to 31/12/2002 Performance for 12 to 31/12/2003 months to 31/12/2002 Per cent Per cent Per cent Per cent

Pool L External 13.40 5.36 (2.77) (5.36) Pool S UNSW 5.96 4.60 5.51 5.11

(i) The returns in Table 7 reflect the change in market value of investments between the beginning and end of the year and, therefore, include unrealised capital gains and losses.

Throughout most of 2003 bond returns were low as a result of rising interest rates and international equity returns were affected by the rise in the Australian dollar. Nevertheless UNSW’s investments performed well, both in an absolute and relative sense. Pool L returned 13.40 per cent after all fees which was 8.04 per cent better than the benchmark Treasury Corporation facility. Contribution to this high return and high level of out performance were UNSW’s international equities, which were fully hedged against currency movements, high returns from international high-yield fixed interest, an increased allocation to equities and a lower maturity in UNSW’s fixed interest portfolio. Pool S returned 5.96 per cent after all fees, which is 1.36 per cent better than the benchmark mix of Treasury Corporation facilities. Anticipating rising interest rates, UNSW limited its exposure to long-dated securities.

111 A better indication of the performance of Pools L and S is achieved by comparing their performance to that of similar funds or indices. The return of 13.40 per cent for Pool L is better than the best performance of an Australian growth fund, 12.1 per cent (ii) for a much riskier fund than Pool L, and much better than either median return for balanced funds of 7.3 per cent (ii) or the median return for conservative growth funds of 5.53 per cent (iii). The return of 5.96 per cent for Pool S is significantly better than the gross return from bank bills of 4.90 per cent, the gross return from bonds of 3.05 per cent or Pool S’s benchmark (a weighted index of bills and bonds) of 4.53 per cent.

(ii) Source – Mercer survey of balanced funds (iii) Source – Intech survey of conservative growth funds

Table 8 shows realised and unrealised investment income for 2003.

TABLE 8: INVESTMENT INCOME – University columns 2003 2002 Variation $’000 $’000 $’000

Short to Medium-Term Fund 10,823 8,535 2,288 Long Term Investment Fund 16,693 6,278 10,415 Unlisted companies (518) – (518) 26,998 14,813 12,185 Investment income attributable to CRC’s trusts and external organisations (7,297) (532) (6,765) Investment income included in Operating Revenue 19,701 14,281 5,420 Custodial Fees and Investment Management Fees (717) (924) 207 Movement in investment revaluation reserve 8,901 (4,199) 13,100

Total 27,885 9,158 18,727

MAJOR UNIVERSITY ASSETS Note 11 of the financial statements, shows by asset class the value of the University’s property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2003. During 2003 the University acquired the following major assets (other than buildings and land holdings):

TABLE 9: DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT

Purchase Price $

Mass Spectrometer 775,845 Sirion Microscope 641,265 ABI Prism 3730 Capillary DNA Analyser 560,250 5 Axis Milling Machine 550,000 Sun Fire V480 Server 450,000 LCQ DECA XP ION Trap System 409,000 Protein Crystallography Detector System 304,098 Fujifilm Imaging System 296,920 BD LSR ii Dual Laser 295,000 Edwards Auto 500 High Vacuum RF Sputtering and Thermal Evaporation System 208,948 Five-Chamber PECVD Cluster tool 200,183 Array (High Precision CCD Scanner) 145,000 Maching Centre - HAAS Vertical VF-3 with standard equipment. 139,800 Single Coda CX1 System with a 3D Scanner Unit 124,859 IFS 66/S FT IR Spectrometer package. 120,000 Laser System - Diabolo 1000 with Noise Eater option. 115,495

Total purchases over $100,000 5,336,663

112 UNIVERSITY ACCOUNT PAYMENT PERFORMANCE

TABLE 10: March June Sept Dec $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

2002 Current (ie within due date) 2,577 1,649 1,990 157 Less than 30 days overdue 901 3,338 615 6,636 Between 30 and 60 days overdue 46 230 559 1,900 Between 60 and 90 days overdue 70 34 219 253 More than 90 days overdue 5 19 19 116 3,599 5,270 3,402 9,062 2003 Current (ie within due date) 2,432 2,252 2,063 496 Less than 30 days overdue 2,916 1,192 1,267 6,748 Between 30 and 60 days overdue 304 837 474 388 Between 60 and 90 days overdue 21 408 256 110 More than 90 days overdue 20 261 845 218 5,693 4,950 4,905 7,960 No interest was paid due to late payments during 2002 and 2003.

TABLE 11: SUPPLIER INVOICES PAID ON TIME WITHIN EACH QUARTER

Total accounts paid on time Total amount paid Target Actual $ $ per cent per cent

2002 January – March 70 70 44,662,312 95,668,989 April – June 70 70 80,799,313 143,765,935 July – September 70 72 62,750,647 121,192,037 October – December 70 72 48,003,985 114,838,276

2003 January – March 70 70 37,293,771 104,752,330 April – June 70 70 33,407,662 100,866,221 July – September 70 62 26,547,015 110,679,298 October – December 70 62 49,959,228 133,353,375

NOTES: 1. No interest has been charged for any late payments. 2. Actual per cent of accounts paid on time is based on the number of transactions processed. However, when expressed in monetary terms, the per cent of accounts paid on time differs because of a large dramatic effect of a small number of transactions that may have been delayed for various reasons. 3. The reimbursements to employees and students have payment terms of an immediate nature. Claims are submitted to Accounts Payable after they have been incurred. The invoice date used is the date the claim is prepared rather than the receipt date of the claim which does not accurately represent payment performance. 4. Invoices received by Accounts Payable from suppliers or UNSW budget units usually exceed the payment terms due to either goods not received, payment delayed due to goods not received in a satisfactory condition or invoices not received from suppliers in a timely manner.

113 CONSULTANTS Under Schedule 1 of the Annual Reports (Statutory Bodies) regulation UNSW’s Annual Report is not required to contain information on consultants. For this voluntary disclosure to be consistent with similar information provided by other Statutory Bodies, UNSW has applied the definition of a consultant as outlined in the Guidelines for the engage- ment and use of consultants issued by the Public Employment Office. For individual consultancies costing less than $30,000 the University paid during 2003 a total of $1.92M to 4 consultancies. Consultancies costing more than $30,000 were as follows:

Name of consultant Area of consultancy $ CRI Project Management Pty Ltd Property development 1,555,701 EG Property Consulting Property development 170,000 Asean Focus Group Pty Ltd Economic assessment 98,986 Van Eyk Research Ltd Investment advice 50,000 Watson Wyatt Aust Pty Ltd Investment advice 45,000 1,919,687

MATTERS RAISED BY THE NSW AUDITOR-GENERAL IN MANAGEMENT LETTER The following information summarises major issues raised by the NSW Auditor-General in the Management Letter for the year ended 31 December 2002 and the actions undertaken by University management.

Area of Identified Deficiency Action 1. Land and Building Valuations The University’s PeopleSoft asset system does not adequately record transactions for assets where there are changes in remaining useful lives, revaluations and differing depreciation rates for individual assets in the same class. From 2003 the University is using Excel to record and depreciate its land and building assets and believes that this will address the issues raised. During 2003 the University revised its depreciation policy for buildings. Buildings and infrastructure assets were revalued in 2003.

114 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— 2003 FINANCIAL REPORT

CONTENTS

Independent Audit Report 117

Statement by Members of Council 119

Statement of Financial Performance 120

Statement of Financial Position 121

Statement of Cash Flows 122

Notes to the Financial Report 123

115 THIS PAGE IS BLANK

116 117 118 119 UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003

Notes Consolidated University

2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Revenue from ordinary activities 2 881,882 898,692 782,665 765,262 Expenses from ordinary activities 3 864,560 845,858 766,040 722,580

Operating result from ordinary activities before income tax expense 17,322 52,834 16,625 42,682 Income tax related to ordinary activities 5 113 130 – –

Operating result after related income tax 17,209 52,704 16,625 42,682 Net operating result attributable to outside equity interests (633) 937 – –

Net operating result attributed to parent entity 16,576 53,641 16,625 42,682 Increase / (decrease) in assets and investment revaluation reserves attributed to parent entity 15 100,279 (110,443) 100,126 (110,338) Total changes in equity other than those resulting from transactions with owners as owners 116,855 (56,802) 116,751 (67,656)

The accompanying notes form part of the financial report

120 UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2003

Notes Consolidated University

2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Current Assets Cash assets 51,504 46,038 31,036 12,054 Inventories 1,996 2,277 637 738 Receivables 8.1 104,853 103,804 97,764 95,007 Other financial assets 9 202,493 177,654 187,100 169,646 Other 10 24,236 42,610 24,447 36,701

Total Current Assets 385,082 372,383 340,984 314,146

Non–Current Assets Receivables 8.1 298,229 254,589 298,229 254,589 Other financial assets 9 221,387 190,317 224,582 185,236

Property, plant and equipment 11 916,251 841,721 908,411 832,598 Other 10 5,847 8,135 1,194 852

Total Non–Current Assets 1,441,714 1,294,762 1,432,416 1,273,275

Total Assets 1,826,796 1,667,145 1,773,400 1,587,421

Current Liabilities Accounts payable 12 29,723 39,625 21,265 22,473 Provisions 13 100,067 89,260 96,910 86,636

Other 14 85,341 84,130 116,138 95,919 Total Current Liabilities 215,131 213,015 234,313 205,028

Non–Current Liabilities Provisions 13 387,752 347,505 386,825 346,632

Other 14 817 817 3,165 3,415 Total Non–Current Liabilities 388,569 348,322 389,990 350,047

Total Liabilities 603,700 561,337 624,303 555,075

Net Assets 1,223,096 1,105,808 1,149,097 1,032,346

Equity Reserves 15 210,051 118,151 195,658 106,212 Outside equity interest 21 4,283 3,850 – – Accumulated funds 16 1,008,762 983,807 953,439 926,134

Total Equity 1,223,096 1,105,808 1,149,097 1,032,346

The accompanying notes form part of the financial report. 121 UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003

Notes Consolidated University

2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Inflows: Financial Assistance Commonwealth Government 325,746 320,637 325,746 320,637 NSW Government 8,338 7,363 7,787 6,712 Higher Education Contribution Scheme Student payments 18,705 17,882 18,705 17,882 Higher Education Trust Fund 62,345 58,109 62,345 58,109 Other operating revenue 381,805 344,120 280,001 209,576 Interest received 13,319 11,378 10,772 8,578

Outflows: Salary and wages (including scholarships, stipends, long service leave and prepaid leave) (449,155) (382,893) (393,485) (346,024) Other operating expenses (261,156) (265,877) (199,646) (185,846)

Net cash provided/(used) by operating activities 24(b) 99,947 110,719 112,225 89,624

Cash Flows From Investing Activities

Inflows: Proceeds from sale of other financial assets 817,535 646,534 817,535 645,494 Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 4 18,549 3,604 18,545 999

Outflows: Payments for purchase of other financial assets (848,906) (660,925) (856,161) (652,380) Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment (56,820) (71,565) (55,708) (64,892)

Net cash provided/(used) in investing activities (69,642) (82,352) (75,789) (70,779)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 30,305 28,367 36,436 18,845

Cash at beginning of reporting period 223,692 195,325 181,700 162,855

Cash at end of reporting period 24(a) 253,997 223,692 218,136 181,700

The accompanying notes form part of the financial report

122 THE UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALES ANNUAL REPORT

—— NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003

NOTE TITLE NOTE TITLE

1 Significant accounting policies 9 Other financial assets

2Revenue 10 Other assets

2.1 Prior period error 11 Property, plant and equipment

2.2 Commonwealth Government Financial Assistance (including 12 Payables – current Superannuation contributions from the Commonwealth, but excluding HECS, PELS, and BOTPLS) 13 Provisions

2.3 NSW Government Financial Assistance 14 Other liabilities

2.4 Fees and charges 15 Reserves

2.5 Investment income 16 Accumulated funds

2.6 Royalties, trademarks and licenses 17 Expenditure and leasing commitments

2.7 Consultancy and contract research 18 Superannuation plans (University only)

2.8 Other revenue 19 Contingent liabilities

3 Expenses 20 Controlled entities

3.1 Employee benefits 21 Outside equity interests

3.2 Depreciation and amortisation 22 Disaggregation information for the consolidated entity

3.3 Buildings and grounds 23 Financial instruments

3.4 Other expenses 24 Notes to the statement of cash flows

4 Disposal of property, plant and equipment 25.1 Acquittal of Commonwealth Government financial assistance – Teaching and Learning 5 Income tax 25.2 Acquittal of Commonwealth Government financial assistance – 6Remuneration of responsible persons and executives Australian Research Council

7Remuneration of auditors 25.3 Acquittal of Commonwealth Government financial assistance – DEST Research 8.1 Receivables 25.4 Summary of unspent financial assistance 8.2 Provision for doubtful debts

123 NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2003

1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The significant policies that have been adopted in the preparation of this financial report are:

1(A) BASIS OF PREPARATION The financial report is a general purpose financial report prepared in accordance with the requirements of: the Public Finance and Audit Act 1983 and regulations; and the Guidelines for the Preparation of Annual Financial Reports for the 2003 Reporting Period by Australian Higher Education Institutions issued by the Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST) and is drawn up in accordance with applicable Australian Statutory Reporting guidelines and other mandatory professional reporting requirements. The financial report is prepared on an accrual basis and the policies have, except where a change is noted, been applied consistently throughout the period. The measurement base applied is historical cost accounting except to the extent that investments are valued at market value and certain non-current assets have been revalued as disclosed elsewhere in the notes. Market/exist- ing use values of assets (except investments) and liabilities, where they differ significantly from the historical cost basis, are shown separately in the notes. Variations to comparative figures may occur due to rounding. Where necessary, comparative information is reclassified to achieve consistency in disclosure with current financial year amounts and other disclosures. Where additional information is provided due to changes in disclosure requirements, comparative figures may not be available.

1(B) PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The financial report includes the accounts of the parent entity, the University of New South Wales and the accounts of the consolidated entity comprising the University and the entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the financial year (see note 20). The accounting policies adopted in preparing the financial report are consistently applied by entities in the con- solidated entity except as otherwise indicated. The balances and effects of transactions between controlled enti- ties are eliminated. Outside equity interests and results of entities that are controlled by the University are shown as a separate item. Separate financial reports are also prepared by the University’s controlled entities and are audited by the Auditor- General of New South Wales.

1(C) INCOME TAX The University is exempt from income tax under Commonwealth income taxation legislation. Within the consolidated entity, however, there are entities which are not exempt from this legislation. For these entities, the consolidated entity adopts the liability method of tax-effect accounting whereby the income tax expense for the period is based on the profit from ordinary activities, adjusted for any permanent differences between taxable and accounting income. Timing differences which arise due to different accounting periods in which items of revenue and expense are included in the determination of accounting profit and taxable income are recognised as either a provi- sion for deferred income tax or as a future income tax benefit at the rate of income tax applicable to the period in which the benefit will be received or the liability will become payable. Future income tax benefits, including tax losses, are not recognised unless realisation of the benefit is virtually certain.

124 The recognition of income tax benefits is based on the assumption that adverse changes will not occur in income taxation legislation and the consolidated entity will derive sufficient future assessable income so the benefits may be realised and comply with the conditions of deductibility imposed by the law.

1(D) REVENUE RECOGNITION Operating Revenue Financial assistance provided by the Government under the Higher Education Funding Act is recognised in the year in which it is received. Grant revenue not received under the Higher Education Funding Act is recognised in the year to which the Grant applies. The Postgraduate Education Loans Scheme (PELS) provides an interest-free loan facility with income con- tingent repayment arrangements similar to the Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) for eligible students enrolled in fee-paying postgraduate non-research courses. PELS enables eligible students to obtain a loan from the Commonwealth Government to pay all or part of their tuition fees incurred from 1 January 2002 onwards. Section 98G of the Act allows the Commonwealth to make advance payments to institutions. Under the PELS payment arrangements, the Commonwealth makes two payments per year to institutions following the receipt of a ‘claim for payment’, which itemises the institution’s expected costs for PELS for each of the two specified periods. Student fees Student fees are recognised as debtors following the census date for each session. Sale of goods and services Sales revenue comprises revenue earned (net of returns, discounts and allowances) from the supply of products to entities outside the consolidated entity. Sales revenue is recognised when the control of goods passes to the customer. Fees and charges for services Revenue from rendering services is recognised in the period in which the service is provided, having regard to the stage of completion of the service. Investment income Interest income is recognised as it accrues. Dividend income is recognised as it is received. Gains on sale of property, plant and equipment The gross proceeds of asset sales not originally purchased for the intention of resale are included as revenue at the date an unconditional contract of sale is signed. Other revenue Represents miscellaneous income and other grant income not derived from core business.

1(E) TRUSTS AND OTHER LIABILITIES Revenue and expenses in respect of Trusts, Cooperative Research Centres and investments held on behalf of associated entities are recognised under Other Liabilities.

1(F) FOREIGN CURRENCY Transactions denominated in a foreign currency are converted at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency receivables and payables at balance date are translated at exchange rates at balance date. Exchange gains and losses, whether realised or unrealised, are brought to account in determining the operating result from ordinary activities as they arise. Exchange gains and losses and costs arising on forward foreign exchange contracts entered into as hedges of spe- cific commitments are deferred and included in the determination of the amounts at which the transactions are brought to account. All exchange gains and losses and costs relating to other hedge transactions are brought to

125 account in the statement of financial performance in the same period as the exchange differences on the items covered by the hedge transactions.

1(G) RECEIVABLES Sundry and student debtors Sundry and student debtors are carried at amounts due, with sundry debtors settled within 30 days and student debtors settled in accordance with the credit terms published in the University of New South Wales calendar. The collectability of debts is assessed at balance date and specific provision is made for any doubtful accounts. Provision for doubtful debts The provision for doubtful debts is assessed based on aged sundry debtors and past experience of the enrolment status of private and sponsored students.

1(H) POLICY ON FINANCIAL ASSETS Market values of fixed interest financial assets are calculated by the application of the relevant valuation formu- lae. Unit Trusts are valued by reference to Redemption Unit Prices. Ordinary shares in Listed Companies are valued by reference to closing sale prices. Financial assets other than shares in unlisted companies which form part of the University financial assets port- folio, are re-valued every year at 31 December. All realised and unrealised income on short-term financial assets is recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance. Unrealised income on long term investments is brought to account through the Financial Assets Revaluation Reserve. Investments in unlisted companies are carried at the lower of cost or recoverable amount. Long term investments are investments that have a maturity date in excess of one year or where the University plans to hold the investments for more than one year.

1(I) INVENTORIES Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

1(J) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Acquisitions Assets with a useful life of more than 12 months and a cost of acquisition in excess of $5,000 are capitalised at cost. Cost is the purchase price plus costs associated with installation, where assets are purchased, or all planning and construction costs associated with constructed assets. Costs incurred on plant and equipment which do not meet the criteria for capitalisation and are not a component of a complex asset, are expensed as incurred. The cost of constructed buildings, plant and equipment includes the cost of materials, direct labour and a pro- portion of overheads and other incidentals directly attributable to the asset’s construction. Complex assets Major items of plant and equipment comprising a number of components that have different useful lives are accounted for as separate assets. The components may be replaced during the useful life of the complex asset. Subsequent additional costs Costs incurred on property, plant and equipment subsequent to initial acquisition are capitalised when it is prob- able that future economic benefits in excess of the originally assessed performance of the asset will flow to the consolidated entity in future years. Where these costs represent separate components of a complex asset, they are accounted for as separate assets and are separately depreciated over their useful lives. Valuation Land, Infrastructure assets, Buildings, Works of Art and Rare Books are recognised at fair value. Where

126 available, fair value is determined having regard to the highest and best use of the asset on the basis of current market selling prices for the same or similar assets. Where the market selling price is not available, the asset’s fair value is measured as its market buying price, ie the replacement cost of the asset’s remaining future economic benefits. Buildings, Infrastructure assets, Residential Property held for teaching, research and other University purposes are valued at written down replacement cost. Land (zoned for educational special purposes), and Other Residential Property and Student Accommodation assets are valued at current market value. All other assets which have relatively short useful lives, including the following, are measured at cost which equates to fair value: Computer Equipment; Computer Software; Motor Vehicles; Office Equipment; Other Equipment; and Library Holdings (other than rare books). Assets acquired since valuation are valued at cost.

Revaluations Building, Land and Infrastructure assets, Works of Art, and the rare book component of Library Holdings are re-valued every five years or more frequently if considered necessary to ensure that the carrying amount of each asset in the class does not differ materially from its fair value at balance date. Student Accommodation and Residential Property and their associated infrastructure assets are valued as at 31 December each year. Individual assets within each class may be re-valued where they become surplus to the University’s needs. Valuations 1997 valuations: In accordance with the University’s asset policy, the animal breeding facility at Little Bay was valued by Egan National Valuers (NSW) Pty Ltd, as at 9 April 1997, on the basis that it is being held for limited continued use and the service potential would not be replaced if the University was deprived of it. 2000 valuations: McWilliams and Associates Pty Ltd valued Works of Art as at December 2000. Land assets and approximately one-third of the building and associated infrastructure assets were valued as at 31 December 2000 by the New South Wales State Valuation Office. 2001 valuations: The New South Wales State Valuation Office valued a portion of the Buildings, Student Accommodation and Residential Property and associated infrastructure assets as at 31 December 2001. 2002 valuations: A portion of Student Accommodation and Residential Property was valued by Egan National Valuers (NSW) as at 31 December 2002. HP Consultants Pty Ltd valued Student Accommodation and Residential Property assets not valued by Egan National Valuers (NSW) at 31 December 2002 and all building and associated infrastructure assets not valued in 2000 and 2001 as at 31 December 2002. 2003 valuations: A portion of Student Accommodation and Residential Property was valued by Egan National Valuers (NSW) as at 31 December 2003. The remainder of this asset class and Building and Land assets were valued by HP Consultants Pty Ltd as at 31 December 2003. Valuation of the University’s rare and valuable book collection was undertaken in 2003 by Neil Boness, Rare Book and Special Collections Librarian, University of Sydney.

127 Disposal of assets The gain or loss on disposal of assets is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset at the time of disposal and the proceeds on disposal and is included in the results in the year of disposal. Depreciation Property, Plant and Equipment, including Buildings but excluding freehold Land, Student Accommodation and Residential Property, Works of Art and Rare Books are depreciated/amortised, on a straight line basis, over the estimated useful life of the asset. Additions are depreciated from the date of acquisition. Depreciation expense is based on the Capital Cost of items and is calculated, on the straight line basis, at the following rates per annum:

Controlled Entities University Buildings 2 per cent useful life Computer Equipment 20 per cent to 33 per cent 33.3 per cent NewSouth Solutions Software – 20 per cent Motor Vehicles 20 per cent to 30 per cent 6 per cent Office Equipment 10 per cent 20 per cent Other Equipment 10 per cent 10 per cent Library Holdings 20 per cent 20 per cent

Amortisation of Patents Patents are amortised over their economic life, which averages 15 years.

1(K) OPERATING LEASES The University leases certain property and equipment by way of operating leases. Payments for these leases, where- by the lessors effectively retain substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased items, are charged to the statement of financial performance in the periods in which they are incurred.

1(L) EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS Annual Leave Provision is made for the University’s liability for annual leave arising from services rendered by employees to balance date. Annual leave benefits are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the lia- bility is settled, plus related on-costs. Long Service Leave The University’s Provision for Long Service Leave liability was assessed by officers of the University, as at 31 December 2003. The University calculated its 2003 liability based on the advice received from the Higher Education sector, and taking account of the leave profile of staff with five or more years of service with the University. Staff Superannuation The University contributes to the following superannuation schemes: •Schemes managed by the State Authorities Superannuation Trustee Corporation (STC) – the State Superannuation Scheme (SSS); – the State Authorities Superannuation Scheme (SASS); and – the State Authorities Non-Contributory Superannuation Scheme (SANCS). The STC Actuary completed the assessment of the Gross Superannuation Liabilities for the schemes for the year ended 31 December 2003. The 2003 assessment of SASS, SANCS and SSS is based on the full requirements of AAS25 – Financial Reporting by Superannuation Plans. This requires that a “market determined risk adjusted discount rate” be applied as the valuation interest rate in the calculation of the value of accrued benefits.

128 In order to satisfy the AAS25 requirements the assumptions of the NSW Government Actuary were as follows: 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 and per cent per cent thereafter per cent Rate of investment return 7.0 7.0 7.0 Rate of salary increase* 4.0 4.0 4.0 Rate of increase in CPI 2.5 2.5 2.5

* A promotional scale applies.

• The University of New South Wales Professorial Superannuation Non-contributory Scheme. The accumulated liability, based on a formula provided by the actuary, at 31 December 2003, is $26,875,000 ($26,235,000 in 2002), and is fully provided for. The assumptions were as follows: Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 onwards per cent per cent per cent per cent per cent

Liabilities for current members until pensions commence: Investment earnings (Net of income tax) 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 General salary inflation 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Liabilities for current members after pensions commence and for current pensioners: Investment earnings (Net of income tax) 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 Pension indexation 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

• UniSuper The University also contributes to UniSuper (formerly Superannuation Scheme for Australian Universities (SSAU)) for academic staff appointed since 1 March 1988 and all other staff from 1 July 1991. UniSuper is a fully funded scheme. On 16 May, 2003, Towers Perrin completed the latest actuarial assessment as at 31 December 2003. The University is not liable for any deficiency in assets of the scheme. The following figures only relate to members who are in the Defined Benefit Plan as at 30 June 2003. Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Net market value of UniSuper Assets 118,648 109,690 118,648 109,690 UniSuper accrued benefits 112,508 117,925 112,508 117,925 Excess/(deficiency) of assets 6,140 (8,235) 6,140 (8,235)

•Other Superannuation Schemes The University and its controlled entities also contribute to the following superannuation schemes, which are fully funded. – Commonwealth Superannuation Scheme – University of New South Wales Special Purposes Superannuation Scheme (a Scheme restricted to short-term staff employed on special purpose funds). Workers’ Compensation The University has been granted a license under Division 5 of Part 7 of the Workers’ Compensation Act, 1987.In accordance with the license the University has the following bank guarantees: • $5,070,000 with ANZ Banking Group in favour of WorkCover New South Wales; and, • $768,000 with ANZ Banking Group in favour of ACT WorkCover. Workers’ compensation matters are managed through two funds, one to record the University’s workers’ compensation

129 activities in New South Wales (known as the NSW Fund) and one to record the University’s workers’ compensation activities in the Australian Capital Territory (known as the ACT Fund). As a self-insurer the University sets a notional annual premium, which is charged on in-service salaries. Costs of workers’ compensation claims, claims administration expenses and actuarially assessed increases/decreases in the provision for outstanding claims liability are met from the notional premium. The University con- tributes to the WorkCover authorities for its general fund, dust and diseases fund, insurers guarantee fund, and disaster insurance premiums. It is also a requirement of the licence that the University maintain a provision for each fund in respect of out- standing claims liability as at 31 December each year.

1(M) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Financial Instruments are defined as any contract that gives rise to both a financial asset of the University and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. For the University these include cash, receivables, accrued income, sundry advances, payments in advance, loans to members of staff, investment interest receiv- able, investments, sundry creditors, prepaid income, Commonwealth grants received in advance, employee entitlements and other liabilities. In accordance with AAS33 “Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Instruments” information is disclosed in Note 24, in respect of the interest rate risk and credit risk of financial instruments. All such amounts are carried in the accounts at net fair value unless otherwise stated. The specific accounting policy for each class of financial instrument is stated hereunder. Classes of instruments recorded at cost comprise: • Cash •Term deposits • Receivables •Accrued income •Sundry advances •Payments in advance • Interest receivable on financial assets •Commonwealth financial assistance paid in advance •Sundry creditors •Prepaid income •Other liabilities Classes of instruments recorded at market value comprise: •Government and semi-government securities • Listed shares •Other securities • Liquids (Bank Bills, Floating Rate Notes, NCD’s, etc) Cash • Cash is cash at bank. Sundry debtors, sundry creditors and payments in advance •Sundry debtors, carried at amount due, are generally settled within 30 days from date of invoice. A provision is raised for any doubtful debts based on a review of all outstanding amounts at balance date. Bad debts are written off in the period in which they are identified. •Sundry creditors, including accruals not yet billed, are recognised when the University becomes obliged to make future payments as a result of a purchase of goods or services. Sundry creditors are generally settled within 30 days of date of receipt of invoice. •Payments in advance are recognised when payments are made for goods and services to be delivered

130 after the balance date. Accrued and prepaid income •At year end the University recognised over-expended and under-expended balances for all contractual agreements with external organisations (other than for Commonwealth Government grants) as accrued and prepaid income respectively. Financial assets • The University has brought its financial assets to account at market value except shares in unlisted companies as detailed in Note 9.

1(N) GOODS AND SERVICES TAX Revenues, expenses, property, plant, and equipment are recognised net of the amount of Goods and Services Tax (GST), except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the Australian Tax Office (ATO). In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables are stated with GST included. The net GST recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO is included as a current asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position. Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows aris- ing from investing and financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to, the ATO are classified as operating cash flows.

1(O) RESPONSIBLE PERSONS AND EXECUTIVES For the University responsible persons are members of the University Council. For controlled entities, responsible persons are the directors of those entities. For the University, executives are the Vice-Chancellor and any person in a senior line position reporting to the Vice-Chancellor whose remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2003 was $100,000 or more. For controlled entities, executives are the Chief Executive Officers of those entities and any person in a senior line position reporting to the Chief Executive Officer whose remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2003 was $100,000 or more.

1(P) MEDICAL MALPRACTICE INSURANCE Under a letter of agreement between the NSW Department of Health and the Universities of Newcastle, New South Wales and Sydney, clinical academic staff of the Universities are indemnified whilst working in the pub- lic health system. The letter of agreement requires universities to meet the first $255,000 for each and every claim up to a maximum of $1.02M in one year, and is effective until 30 September 2004. The University does not have commercial insurance coverage for medical malpractice for its students.

131 2 REVENUE Notes Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Commonwealth Government financial assistance 2.2 325,746 320,637 325,746 320,637 NSW Government financial assistance 2.3 8,338 7,363 7,787 6,712 Higher Education Contribution Scheme Student contributions 25.1 18,705 17,882 18,705 17,882 Commonwealth payments 25.1 62,345 58,109 62,345 58,109 Post Graduate Educational Loan Scheme 25.1 14,025 10,307 14,025 10,307 BOTPLS 25.1 291 200 291 200 Fees and charges 2.4 300,814 320,818 209,502 204,024 Investment income 2.5 26,028 17,844 19,701 14,281 Royalties, trademarks and licenses 2.6 1,391 1,976 – – Consultancy and contract research 2.7 38,217 40,813 37,986 39,643 Other revenue 2.8 34,255 38,967 34,850 29,691 Prior period error 2.1 8,353 – 8,353 –

Revenue from ordinary activities before deferred items 838,508 834,916 739,291 701,486

Deferred items : Deferred Government superannuation contributions 18 43,374 63,776 43,374 63,776

Total revenue from ordinary activities 881,882 898,692 782,665 765,262

2.1 PRIOR PERIOD ERROR The University identified an unreconciled amount, whereby the balance of cash at the bank was $8.353M more than the balance recorded in the general ledger. Investigations by the University indicated that the errror relates to a prior period, but have not identified its cause or nature. In the 2003 financial report the University has recognised $8.353M as revenue and cash to adjust for the unreconciled amount in the bank account.

2.2 COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE (INCLUDING SUPERANNUATION CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE COMMONWEALTH, BUT EXCLUDING HECS, PELS AND BOTPLS)

Notes Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Teaching and Learning: Operating, including superannuation but excluding HECS, PELS and BOTPLS 25.1 122,044 123,321 122,044 123,321 Teaching hospitals 25.1 805 786 805 786

ARC: Discovery – projects (large grants) 25.2 15,183 13,160 15,183 13,160 Linkage – projects 25.2 5,411 6,850 5,411 6,850 Discovery – research fellowships 25.2 950 2,049 950 2,049 Discovery – federation fellowships 25.2 1,140 626 1,140 626 Discovery – indigenous researchers development 25.2 10 – 10 – Linkage – infrastructure – equipment and facilities 25.2 965 1,351 965 1,351 Linkage – international researcher exchange 25.2 344 289 344 289 Linkage – centres of excellence (key centres) 25.2 5,332 2,592 5,332 2,592 132 2.2 (continued) Notes Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

DEST: Institutional grants scheme 25.3 25,414 25,461 25,414 25,461 Research infrastructure 25.3 13,580 12,145 13,580 12,145 Research training scheme 25.3 41,689 40,399 41,689 40,399 Systemic infrastructure initiative 25.3 1,913 3,705 1,913 3,705 Australian postgraduate awards – pre 2002 funding 25.3 2,596 2,643 2,596 2,643 Australian postgraduate awards – post 2002 funding 25.3 4,409 4,006 4,409 4,006 International postgraduate research scholarships 25.3 1,561 1,381 1,561 1,381 243,346 240,764 243,346 240,764

Other Commonwealth Government Department of Defence 36,110 37,287 36,110 37,287 Australian Taxation Office 2,550 2,779 2,550 2,779

38,660 40,066 38,660 40,066

Other Commonwealth Government – Research Defence 262 20 262 20 Employment and training 3,013 502 3,013 502 Environment, sports and territories 626 178 626 178 Foreign affairs 100 472 100 472 Human services and health 29,835 27,209 29,835 27,209 Health and ageing 373 – 373 – Industrial relations – 8 – 8 Industry, technology and regional development 28 1,134 28 1,134 Primary industries and energy 268 709 268 709 Social security 535 571 535 571 Transport and communications 31 26 31 26 Administrative services – 13 – 13 Industry, tourism and resources 320 – 320 – Communication, information, technology, arts 367 – 367 – Veteran affairs 280 458 280 458 Total other Commonwealth Government – research 36,038 31,300 36,038 31,300

Other Commonwealth Government – Special Purpose Foreign affairs 7,702 8,507 7,702 8,507

Total Commonwealth Government financial assistance 325,746 320,637 325,746 320,637

133 2.3 NSW GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Research financial assistance 8,338 7,050 7,787 6,695 Other financial assistance – 313 – 17 Total NSW Government financial assistance 8,338 7,363 7,787 6,712

2.4 FEES AND CHARGES

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Continuing education 15,235 12,890 4,661 4,145 Fee–paying overseas students 151,819 145,567 118,634 115,905 Fee–paying domestic postgraduate students 31,020 39,226 13,735 15,449 Fee–paying domestic undergraduate students 6,716 5,255 6,716 6,155 Domestic students undertaking non–award courses 6,035 4,808 4,977 3,968 Other consultancy fees 8,981 13,543 – – Charges for student accommodation 12,472 11,189 8,085 6,660 Educational measurement and testing 22,694 24,069 5,606 7,254 International aid projects management 1,691 8,075 – – Late fees 109 130 109 130 Library fees 157 545 271 545 Non–library fines 30 22 30 22 Parking fees 1,210 1,221 1,210 1,221 Photocopying 1,045 1,257 1,158 1,252 Publication sales 1,839 1,577 1,574 1,314 Rental charges 2,447 3,275 3,230 2,471 Miscellaneous sales 17,250 20,989 5,232 5,658 Other services 16,387 16,948 10,091 10,550 Cost recoveries (i) 3,677 10,232 24,183 21,325 Total 300,814 320,818 209,502 204,024

(i) The University recovers costs paid on behalf of controlled entities, associated organisations and external entities.

134 2.5 INVESTMENT INCOME

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Interest 13,359 11,069 10,823 8,535 Dividends 12,777 6,057 12,777 6,057 Net gains on sales of investments 3,479 1,250 3,398 221

29,615 18,376 26,998 14,813 Income attributable to CRCs, trusts and external organisations (3,587) (532) (7,297) (532) Investment income included in revenue from ordinary activities 26,028 17,844 19,701 14,281

2.6 ROYALTIES, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Royalties 576 948 – – Licence fees 672 1,028 – – Other 143 ––– Total 1,391 1,976 – –

2.7 CONSULTANCY AND CONTRACT RESEARCH

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Commonwealth organisations and business enterprises 1,544 2,613 1,197 1,418 Local government 339 272 339 272 Donations and bequests for research: – Unisearch Ltd Group – – 426 805 – The University of New South Wales Foundation Ltd – – 2,412 4,264 – Other 199 86 199 86 Non–Commonwealth research financial assistance 2,582 1,844 2,582 1,844 Australian industry 9,528 9,644 9,234 8,976 Overseas organisations 18,920 17,578 18,564 16,582 Other organisations 5,105 8,776 3,033 5,396 Total 38,217 40,813 37,986 39,643

135 2.8 OTHER REVENUE

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Donations and bequests 7,762 13,484 4,506 7,184 Contract revenue (other than consultancy and contract research) 206 ––– Miscellaneous income (i) 5,710 18,171 9,001 10,839 Net foreign exchange gain – 60 – – Other external grant income 11,029 2,401 11,023 2,401 Refund from ATO franking credit 837 1,199 837 1,199 Scholarships and prizes 8,711 3,652 9,483 8,068 Total 34,255 38,967 34,850 29,691

(i) Consolidated miscellaneous income includes a reversal of a $5.772M overstatement of revenue in 2002.

3 EXPENSES Notes Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Employee benefits 3.1 460,751 430,640 409,807 380,608 Depreciation and amortisation 3.2 50,752 42,089 48,355 39,831 Buildings and grounds 3.3 12,498 17,983 11,225 17,051 Net losses from sale of property, plant and equipment 4 4,220 5,413 4,220 5,091 Bad and doubtful debts 8.2 3,950 1,202 3,742 1,344 Scholarships and awards 37,862 31,283 37,842 34,686 Consumables 59,942 60,359 61,469 56,440 Contract services (including consultants) 72,485 63,083 56,692 48,529 Travel and entertainment 26,721 27,556 23,624 22,858 Overheads – postage and telephones 9,260 10,454 6,850 7,846 Writedown on investments – unlisted companies 9 7,837 – 7,837 – Student fee discounts 2,540 1,843 2,540 1,843 Insurance 2,787 2,700 2,787 2,700 Computer software 2,858 1,156 2,826 1,156 Other 3.4 66,723 86,321 42,850 38,821

Expenses from ordinary activities before deferred items 821,186 782,082 722,666 658,804 Deferred items : Deferred employee benefits for superannuation 3.1 43,374 63,776 43,374 63,776

Total expenses from ordinary activities 864,560 845,858 766,040 722,580

136 3.1 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Notes Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Academic (i) Salaries 170,557 152,141 160,489 142,128 Contributions to superannuation and pension schemes: • Emerging cost 5,815 5,670 5,815 5,671 • Funded 14,455 15,041 13,195 13,654 Payroll tax 10,667 13,106 9,998 12,429 Workers’ compensation 930 922 930 790 Long service leave expense 7,551 10,554 7,365 10,390 Annual leave 1,286 1,362 1,293 1,362 Salary service charge 22 ––– Academic employment benefits before deferred items 211,283 198,796 199,085 186,424

Non–academic (ii) Salaries 184,759 181,434 154,053 148,867 Contributions to superannuation and pension schemes: • Deferred employee benefits for superannuation 517 ––– • Emerging cost 3,193 5,712 3,193 5,957 • Funded 26,729 21,029 23,679 18,182 Payroll tax 11,844 10,414 9,607 8,571 Workers’ compensation 809 1,002 809 707 Long service leave expense 9,876 4,448 9,335 4,106 Annual leave 10,447 7,805 10,046 7,794 Salary service charge 1,017 ––– Other expenses 277 ––– Non–academic employee benefits before deferred items 249,468 231,844 210,722 194,184

Total employee benefits before deferred items 460,751 430,640 409,807 380,608

Deferred items: Employee benefits for state superannuation – academic 12,132 31,240 12,132 31,240 Employee benefits for state superannuation – non–academic 31,242 32,536 31,242 32,536 18 43,374 63,776 43,374 63,776

Total employees benefits 504,125 494,416 453,181 444,384

(i) Academic staff are paid under the Academic Staff Enterprise Agreement and include teaching staff, sessional teaching staff, guest lecturers and academic research staff. (ii) Non–academic staff are paid under the University of New South Wales General Staff Enterprise Agreement and include general and administrative staff, professional and technical staff, examination supervisors and casual general staff.

137 3.2 DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Buildings 23,785 12,214 22,953 11,488 Computer equipment 4,136 4,957 3,970 4,561 Motor vehicles 348 333 296 290 Computer software 7,554 7,457 7,456 7,457 Other equipment 8,921 8,367 7,801 7,474 Library holdings 6,008 8,761 5,879 8,561 Total 50,752 42,089 48,355 39,831

3.3 BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Maintenance service contracts 1,253 2,036 1,253 2,036 Maintenance buildings and grounds 7,236 11,325 7,114 11,300 Maintenance furniture, machinery and equipment 1,777 2,185 1,707 1,838 Maintenance other 2,232 2,437 1,151 1,877 Total 12,498 17,983 11,225 17,051

3.4 OTHER EXPENSES

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Administration costs 32 6,155 – – Advertising 4,255 4,513 3,292 3,070 Catering expenses 2,218 ––– Commission to agents 1,668 2,051 – – Cost of books sold 5,041 6,869 – – Development project costs – other aid – 5,799 – – Energy and utilities 4,583 4,811 4,258 4,335 Fringe Benefits Tax (FBT) 1,317 1,702 1,236 1,409 Fees and charges 2,752 2,781 2,068 2,661 Freight and carriage 318 ––– Hire and rental 7,194 3,778 4,061 3,602 Inventors and collaborators 823 2,413 – – Licence 336 ––– Motor vehicle expenses 771 654 668 584 Net foreign exchange loss 840 71 – –

138 3.4 OTHER EXPENSES (continued))

Notes Consolidated University

2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Non–capitalised equipment 22,404 19,533 21,999 19,013 Operating lease rental expenses 3,475 1,793 2,856 1,025 Residential 1,130 1,049 – – Student accomodation overseas – 877 – – Audit fee 7 430 387 273 248 Other (i) 7,136 21,085 2,139 2,874

Total 66,723 86,321 42,850 38,821

(i) Other consolidated expenses include costs associated with English Tuition Foundation Year $1.131M, international aid projects $0.571M, patent expense $0.309M, staff training $0.134M and student health cover $0.118M (2002: livestock costs $2.874M, preparation of course material $2.153M, legal fees $1.752M, contributions and grants $1.748M, management fees $1.743M).

4 DISPOSAL OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Carrying amount of assets disposed of 11 22,769 9,017 22,765 6,090 Profit/(loss) on disposal (4,220) (5,413) (4,220) (5,091)

Proceeds on disposal 18,549 3,604 18,545 999

5 INCOME TAX

Consolidated 2003 2002 $’000 $’000

The prima facie tax on profit on ordinary activities differs from the income tax provided in the financial report and is reconciled as follows: Profit from ordinary activities before income tax 17,322 52,834 Prima facie tax payable 5,197 15,850 Foreign tax rate differential (108) Tax effect of permanent differences Non–deductible expenditure 9 9 Non–recognition of 2003 FITB not virtually certain 1 3 Less exempt income (5,094) (15,589) Less deductible capital expenditure – (3) Less recoupment of prior year losses not previously brought to account – (32)

Income tax expense relating to ordinary activities 113 130

139 6 REMUNERATION OF RESPONSIBLE PERSONS AND EXECUTIVES

6.1 RESPONSIBLE PERSONS

(a) List of names University Council members 2003 2002 Controlled Entities Directors 2003 2002 ✓✓ Dr John Samuel Yu ✓✓ Mr Taufique Ahmed ✓✓ Ms Catherine Mary Rossi Harris ✓✓ Ms Patty Akopiantz (from 13 May 2002) ✓✓ Professor Wyatt R Hume (from 1 July 2002) ✓✓ Mr Tee Chian Ang (to 13 March 2003) ✓✓ Associate Professor John Joseph Carmody ✓✓ Ms Susan Armstrong ✓✓ Professor Wai Fong Chua ✓✓ Mr Robert Hugh Barry ✓✓ Mrs Beverley Anne Crane ✓✓ Dr John P Beale ✓ Professor Jeremy Guy Ashcroft Davis ✓✓ Mr Peter Ward Bergman (from 13 February 2003) – ✓✓ Dr Penelope Anne FitzGerald ✓✓ Mr Edwin J Blackadder (to 31 May 2003) ✓✓ Dr Raelene Frances ✓✓ Mr Alex Boysarsky (from 11 February 2002) ✓✓ Mr David Alexander Hughes ✓✓ Mr Warren Bradey ✓✓ Mr Geoffrey Francis Lawson (from 1 July 2002) ✓✓ Dr Anne Brewster (from 23 May 2002) ✓✓ Mr Peter Edward Mason ✓✓ Professor Gavin Brown ✓✓ Professor Kevin Malcolm McConkey ✓✓ Professor Kenneth Buckle ✓ Dr. Jessica Ruth Milner Davis ✓✓ Dr Alec Cameron (from 4 December 2003) – ✓✓ Mr John Henry Pascoe ✓✓ Mr Robert Neale Cartwright ✓ Mr Paul Pearce (from 27 May 2003) ✓ – Professor Robert Clark (from 19 December 2003) – ✓✓ The Hon Mr Peter Primrose (from 8 May 2003) ✓ – Ms Crystal Condous ✓✓ The Hon Ms Susan Maree Ryan ✓✓ Mr John Jeffrey Cowan ✓ Ms Linda Margaret Scott ✓✓ Professor Jeremy Guy Ashcroft Davis – ✓✓ Mr Brian Edward Suttor ✓✓ Dr Robin Derricourt Ms Gabrielle Cecelia Upton (from 1 July 2002) ✓✓ Associate Professor TM Devinney (from 1 June ✓✓ Mr James Harold Anderson (ceased 30 June 2002) – ✓ 2002) ✓✓ The Hon Mrs Deirdre Mary Grusovin ✓✓ Professor Bruce Dowton ✓ (ceased 22 February 2003) ✓✓ Associate Professor Andrew Dzurak (from – Mrs Jolyn Margaret Karaolis (ceased 30 June 2002) – ✓ 19 December 2003) ✓✓ Professor John Rodney Niland (ceased 30 June 2002) – ✓ Mr Michael Easson ✓✓ Ms Lee Rhiannon (ceased 14 April 2003) ✓✓ Professor Kenneth John Eltis Professor Christopher Joseph Dalzell Fell (to 31 August 2003) ✓✓ Mr Oliver Freeman (to 22 May 2003) ✓✓ Dr David N Ford – ✓ Mr Christopher Gilbert (to 1 September 2002) – ✓ Mr David Gonski ✓✓ Mr Maxwell James Gosling (to 30 June 2003) ✓✓ Mr Michael Edward Grace (to 30 June 2003) ✓✓ Professor Peter Philip Gray ✓✓ Ms Kathryn Greiner (to 17 September 2003) ✓✓

140 6.1 RESPONSIBLE PERSONS (continued)

Controlled Entities Directors (continued) 2003 2002 Controlled Entities Directors (continued) 2003 2002

Mr David Harrington ✓✓ Mr Peter David Ritchie ✓✓ Ms Catherine Mary Rossi Harris Mr Anthony Ritossa (from 19 August 2003) ✓ – Ms Beverley Hoskinson-Green (to 17 November Mr Neville Roach ✓✓ 2003) ✓✓ Mr James Robertson (1 September 2002 to Mr John Hirshman 31 December 2002) – ✓ Mr David Martin Hoare ✓✓ Mr Colin Francis Ryan ✓✓ Professor Wyatt R Hume Dr John Michael Schubert ✓✓ Associate Professor Jill Hunter ✓✓ Professor Arun Kumar Sharma ✓✓ Mr Michael James Hurtchinson – ✓ Dr Richard Sharp ✓✓ Professor John Edward Ingleson ✓✓ Ms Ann C Sherry (from 2 April 2002) ✓✓ Mr Donald Matthew Jenner (from 13 March 2003) ✓ – Professor Peter Steinberg ✓✓ Dr John S Keniry ✓✓ Mr Ian Stevens ✓✓ Mr Wallace King ✓✓ Associate Professor Noelle-Ann Sunstrom ✓✓ Professor Staffan Kjelleberg ✓✓ Dr Colin Sutton (from 12 December 2003) ✓ – Ms Christine Margaret Liddy ✓✓ Mr Robert Clive Sutton ✓✓ Mr Ronald Y C Lu ✓✓ Emeritus Professor Edward Owen Paul Thompson ✓✓ Professor Kevin Malcolm McConkey ✓✓ Mr Henry Tsang (to 30 June 2003) ✓✓ Mr Donald McDonald (to August 2002) – ✓ Ms Lucy Turnbull ✓✓ Mr John McFarlane ✓✓ Ms Gillian DM Turner ✓✓ Mr Bill Mackerill (from 23 May 2002) ✓✓ Mr Leo Edward Tutt ✓✓ Mr Robert Mansfield ✓✓ Sir Alfred William Tyree ✓✓ Mr Robert Lee Maple-Brown ✓✓ Professor Michael R Vitale – ✓ Mr Peter Edward Mason ✓✓ Professor Mark Sebastian Wainwright ✓✓ Professor Carrick Martin (8 January 2003 to ✓ – Mr Jonathon West (7 February 2002 to – ✓ 13 October 2003) 31 December 2002)`

Mr Robert McLean (from 13 October 2003) ✓ – Mr Robert Michael Whyte (to 8 February 2002) – ✓ Ms Mara Moustafine (from 13 February 2003) ✓ – Dr Robyn Williams ✓✓ Mr Ian Napier (to 8 February 2002) – ✓ Mr John Wolfraad (from 17 July 2003) ✓ – Professor John Rodney Niland ✓✓ Mr Albert Yue Ling Wong ✓✓ Mr Michael Oredsson ✓✓ Mr Su-Ming Wong (to 22 October 2003) ✓✓ Mr Daniel Petre ✓✓ Mr Robert Wood (18 September 2003 to 31 December Mr Simon Poidevin ✓✓ 2003) ✓ – Ms Ann Maree Quinlan ✓✓ Ms Helen Wright – ✓ Mr John Boyd Reid – ✓ Dr John Samuel Yu ✓✓ Mr Julian Mark Reynolds ✓✓ Ms Carla Maria Zampatti ✓✓

141 (b) Remuneration of responsible persons, earning $100,000 or more (see note 1(o)) Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 number of number of number of number of responsible responsible Council Council persons persons members members

$100,000 to $109,999 - 2 - - $110,000 to $119,999 3 1 - - $120,000 to $129,999 - 1 - 1 $130,000 to $139,999 1 - 1 - $140,000 to $149,999 1 2 - - $150,000 to $159,999 - 1 - - $160,000 to $169,999 2 1 - - $170,000 to $179,999 - 1 - - $180,000 to $189,999 1 1 - 1 $190,000 to $199,999 2 3 2 1 $210,000 to $219,999 - 2 - 1 $220,000 to $229,999 1 - 1 - $230,000 to $239,999 - 1 - - $270,000 to $279,999 1 1 - - $280,000 to $289,999 - 2 - - $290,000 to $299,999 2 1 - 1 $300,000 to $309,999 1 - - - $340,000 to $349,999 - 1 - 1 $450,000 to $459,999 1 - - - $750,000 to $759,999 1 - 1 - 17 21 5 6

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Total remuneration paid or payable 4,357 4,187 1,704 1,358 to responsible persons

(c) Retirement benefits of responsible persons (Council members and Directors) Responsible persons who are employees of the consolidated entity are paid out their recreation and long service leave entitlements on retirement along with any superannuation benefits. During 2003, no responsible persons retired and no retirement benefits were paid. Council members who are not employees of the University receive no payment on retirement.

142 6.2 EXECUTIVES (I)

(a) Remuneration of executives earning $100,000 or more Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 number of number of number of number of executives executives executives executives

$100,000 to $109,999 2 - - - $110,000 to $119,999 1 3 1 1 $120,000 to $129,999 - 2 - - $130,000 to $139,999 - 1 - - $140,000 to $149,999 2 3 1 1 $150,000 to $159,999 5 4 3 3 $160,000 to $169,999 2 2 2 - $170,000 to $179,999 - 2 - 2 $180,000 to $189,999 2 6 1 3 $190,000 to $199,999 3 3 2 1 $200,000 to $209,999 3 4 2 3 $210,000 to $219,999 1 1 1 1 $230,000 to $239,999 - 1 - 1 $240,000 to $249,999 1 - 1 - $260,000 to $269,999 1 - 1 - $270,000 to $279,999 2 2 1 1 $280,000 to $289,999 - 2 - 1 $290,000 to $299,999 2 1 2 1 $300,000 to $309,999 1 - 1 - $340,000 to $349,999 - 1 - 1 $450,000 to $459,999 1 - 1 - $750,000 to $759,999 1 - 1 - 30 38 21 20

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Total remuneration paid or payable to executives 6,671 7,062 5,136 3,954

(i) See note 1(o) for definition of executive. In addition to the 20 University staff reporting directly to the Vice-Chancellor that are defined as executives, there are a further 654 academic staff earning in excess $100,000 (with total earnings of $85,725,000) and 96 general staff earning in excess of $100,000 (with total earnings of $12,266,000) who do not report directly to the Vice-Chancellor.

(b) Retirement benefit of executives During 2003, an executive member of staff retired who received entitlements totalling $298,000, in addition to any salary paid and any superannuation benefits that may have been received during the year.

143 7 REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Auditing the financial report 393 375 253 236 Other services 37 12 20 12

Total 430 387 273 248

8.1 RECEIVABLES

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Current Sundry debtors 43,960 46,781 36,771 36,359 Student debtors 19,163 12,926 19,163 12,927

Short term deposits 255 250 – – Provision for doubtful debts (see note 8.2) (10,329) (8,226) (9,974) (6,352) Deferred income – government contributions for superannuation 51,804 52,073 51,804 52,073

104,853 103,804 97,764 95,007 Non–current Deferred income – government contributions for superannuation 298,222 254,579 298,222 254,579 Loans to members of staff (i) 7 10 7 10 298,229 254,589 298,229 254,589

Total receivables 403,082 358,393 395,993 349,596

8.2 PROVISION FOR DOUBTFUL DEBTS

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Opening balance 8,226 11,708 6,352 10,360 Bad debts written off (1,847) (4,684) (120) (5,352) Contribution from operations 3,950 1,202 3,742 1,344

Closing balance 10,329 8,226 9,974 6,352

(i) Loans were made to members of the University staff at the WB and LB Robinson University College at Broken Hill as a consequence of the closure of the college and the relocation of the staff to Sydney. The terms of these loans, which were to assist in the purchase of accomodation in Sydney, were determined by the process of conciliation and arbitration in the State Industrial Commission.

144 9 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Current Other fixed interest securities 125,228 35,065 125,228 35,065 Term deposits 18,398 101,870 5,173 101,870 Liquids (bank bills, floating rate notes, NCDs, etc) 58,867 40,719 56,699 32,711 Total Current Assets 202,493 177,654 187,100 169,646 Non-current (i) Unlisted companies (ii) 4,151 9,080 14,314 19,242 Unlisted trusts: Domestic equities 87,589 59,451 86,206 58,217 Domestic fixed interest 32,120 61,671 27,235 54,595 International equities 57,557 41,647 57,557 41,647 International fixed interest – 11,361 – 11,361 Unincorporated venture investment 700 – – – Liquids (bank bills, floating rate notes, NCDs, etc) 39,270 6,572 39,270 174 Other – 535 – – Total non-current investments 221,387 190,317 224,582 185,236

Total investment portfolio 423,880 367,971 411,682 354,882

(i) As a result of the revaluation of other financial assets, a net increment of $8.901M (decrement of $4.199M in 2002) has been transferred to the University's investment revaluation reserve ($9.053M on consolidation) – see note 15(b).

(ii) The consolidated entity and the University have investments in the following companies and ventures:

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Pacific Solar Pty Ltd (iii) – UNSW valuation as at 31 December 2003 119 5,706 119 5,706 Infotelco Pty Ltd (iii) – UNSW valuation as at 31 December 2003 11 100 11 100 Smart Internet Technology CRC Pty Ltd (iii) – UNSW valuation 1 – 1 – as at 31 December 2003 Unisearch Ltd (subordinated loan) – At cost – – 10,000 10,000 IDP Education Australia Ltd – At cost 10 10 10 10 Access Australia CMC Pty Ltd – At cost – 586 – 586 AARnet Pty Ltd – At cost 1 1 1 1 NSG (Thailand) Limited – At cost 88 88 – – B.Tech Avn Ltd – At cost 22 22 22 22 UNSW Press Ltd (loan) – At cost – – 250 250 U21 Equity Ltd – At cost 3,899 2,567 3,899 2,567 Acyte, Biosignal and Qucor – At cost – – 1 –

Total 4,151 9,080 14,314 19,242

(iii) The writedown in the carrying values in unlisted companies of $7.837M has been charged as expenses in the year – see note 3. 145 10 OTHER ASSETS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Current Sundry advances 1,221 1,075 1,206 814 Accrued income 16,023 34,157 17,519 29,299 Payments in advance 6,771 7,197 5,601 6,518 Investment interest receivable 221 181 121 70 24,236 42,610 24,447 36,701 Non–current Patents (i) 4,515 3,844 – – Other 1,332 4,291 1,194 852 5,847 8,135 1,194 852

Total Other Assets 30,083 50,745 25,641 37,553 (i) Patents (ii) Opening balance 3,844 3,172 – – Patent costs capitalised 1,253 1,248 – – Patents written off/down (582) (576) – – Closing balance 4,515 3,844 – –

(ii) Patents are amortised over their economic life, which averages 15 years.

11 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Land Valuations – 2000 – 132,090 – 132,090 Valuations – 2003 234,010 – 234,010 – Value 234,010 132,090 234,010 132,090 Buildings Cost 35,766 5,789 32,118 2,202 Valuations – 1997 1,350 1,350 1,350 1,350 Valuations – 2000 – 391,140 – 391,140 Valuations – 2001 – 186,014 – 186,014 Valuations – 2002 – 411,785 – 411,785 Valuations – 2003 1,071,806 – 1,071,806 – Accumulated depreciation (656,623) (502,401) (654,369) (500,979) Written down value 452,299 493,677 450,905 491,512 Buildings – work in progress Construction costs 8,538 6,259 8,498 6,249 Total work in progress 8,538 6,259 8,498 6,249 Student accommodation and residential property Valuations – 2002 – 111,360 – 111,360 Valuations – 2003 126,158 – 126,158 – Value 126,158 111,360 126,158 111,360

146 11 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued) Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Computer equipment Cost 24,707 23,049 23,097 19,288 Valuations – initial – 2,259 – 2,259 Accumulated depreciation (19,351) (18,910) (18,431) (16,132) Written down value 5,356 6,398 4,666 5,415 Computer software – NewSouth Solutions Cost 37,440 37,034 37,034 37,034 Accumulated depreciation (29,789) (22,014) (29,470) (22,014) Written down value 7,651 15,020 7,564 15,020 Motor vehicles Cost 6,312 7,235 5,883 6,382 Valuations – initial – 106 – 106 Accumulated depreciation (1,663) (2,290) (1,433) (1,790) Written down value 4,649 5,051 4,450 4,698 Other equipment Cost 97,952 74,868 89,872 64,443 Valuations – initial – 22,746 – 22,746 Accumulated depreciation (51,164) (52,157) (47,726) (46,575) Written down value 46,788 45,457 42,146 40,614 Works of art Cost 40 45 – 4 Valuations – 2000 3,153 2,876 3,153 2,876 Written down value 3,193 2,921 3,153 2,880 Library holdings Cost 74,319 70,789 71,712 69,485 Valuations – rare and valuable books 1998 – 2,280 – 2,280 Valuations – rare and valuable books 2003 10,034 – 10,034 – Accumulated depreciation (56,742) (49,582) (54,883) (49,005) Written down value 27,611 23,487 26,863 22,760 Total property, plant and equipment Cost 285,074 225,068 268,214 205,087 Valuations – initial – 25,111 – 25,111 Valuations – 1997 1,350 1,350 1,350 1,350 Valuations – 1998 – 2,280 – 2,280 Valuations – 2000 3,153 526,106 3,153 526,106 Valuations – 2001 – 186,014 – 186,014 Valuations – 2002 – 523,145 – 523,145 Valuations – 2003 1,442,008 – 1,442,008 – Accumulated depreciation (815,334) (647,354) (806,314) (636,495) Written down value 916,251 841,721 908,411 832,598

147 11A MOVEMENT IN ASSETS, SUMMARISED BY CLASS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Land Opening balance 132,090 132,090 132,090 132,090 Adjustments (7,390) – (7,390) – Adustments due to revaluations 109,310 – 109,310 – Closing balance 234,010 132,090 234,010 132,090 Buildings Opening balance 493,677 595,796 491,512 594,882 Transfer from work in progress 32,118 31,406 32,118 31,406 Adjustments (7,650) 3,509 (7,654) 3,544 Purchases 57 2,022 – – Depreciation (23,785) (12,214) (22,953) (11,488) Disposals (1,294) (2,517) (1,294) (2,507) Adjustments due to revaluations (40,824) (124,325) (40,824) (124,325) Closing balance 452,299 493,677 450,905 491,512 Work in progress Opening balance 6,259 1,181 6,249 1,181 Transfers to buildings (32,118) (31,406) (32,118) (31,406) Additions 34,397 36,484 34,367 36,474 Closing balance 8,538 6,259 8,498 6,249 Student accommodation and residential property Opening balance 111,360 84,539 111,360 84,539 Purchases 2,435 8,635 2,435 8,635 Disposals (17,479) – (17,479) – Adjustments due to revaluations 29,842 18,186 29,842 18,186 Closing balance 126,158 111,360 126,158 111,360 Computer equipment and peripherals Opening balance 6,398 7,969 5,415 7,347 Adjustments (179) 830 6 – Transfers 22 – 22 – Purchases 3,438 3,452 3,380 2,951 Depreciation (4,136) (4,957) (3,970) (4,561) Disposals (187) (896) (187) (322) Closing balance 5,356 6,398 4,666 5,415 Computer software – NewSouth Solutions Opening balance 15,020 22,477 15,020 22,477 Adjustments 185 ––– Depreciation (7,554) (7,457) (7,456) (7,457) Closing balance 7,651 15,020 7,564 15,020

148 11A MOVEMENT IN ASSETS, SUMMARISED BY CLASS (continued)

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Motor vehicles Opening balance 5,051 4,787 4,698 4,646 Adjustments (168) 453 – – Purchases 1,213 2,895 1,147 2,798 Depreciation (348) (333) (296) (290) Disposals (1,099) (2,751) (1,099) (2,456) Closing balance 4,649 5,051 4,450 4,698 Other equipment Opening balance 45,457 41,868 40,614 39,410 Adjustments 246 1,529 81 – Purchases 12,731 13,252 11,980 9,478 Depreciation (8,914) (8,367) (7,801) (7,474) Disposals (2,710) (2,848) (2,706) (800) Transfer (22) 23 (22) – Closing balance 46,788 45,457 42,146 40,614 Works of art Opening balance 2,921 2,921 2,880 2,881 Adjustments 99 – 100 – Purchases 173 4 173 4 Disposals – (4) – (5) Closing balance 3,193 2,921 3,153 2,880 Library holdings Opening balance 23,487 27,450 22,760 26,769 Purchases 2,378 4,821 2,228 4,552 Depreciation (6,008) (8,761) (5,879) (8,561) Adustments due to revaluations 7,754 (23) 7,754 – Closing balance 27,611 23,487 26,863 22,760 Total property, plant and equipment Opening balance 841,721 921,078 832,598 916,222 Adjustments (i) (14,857) 6,322 (14,857) 3,544 Purchases and additions 56,820 71,565 55,708 64,892 Depreciation (50,746) (42,089) (48,355) (39,831) Disposals (22,769) (9,016) (22,765) (6,090) Adjustments due to revaluations (ii) 106,082 (106,139) 106,082 (106,139) Closing balance 916,251 841,721 908,411 832,598

(i) The consolidated net adjustments figure of $14.857M is the result of the value of Land and Building assets being overstated by $15.040M in previous years (Land $7.390M and Buildings $7.650M), and adjustments of other plant and equipment of $0.183M. See also note 15(b) asset revaluation reserve. (ii) The adjustment due to revaluations, $106.082M net, has been reflected in the asset revaluation reserve (note 15(b)) and arises from an increment of Land ($109.310M), an increment of student accomodation and residential property ($29.842M), an increment of Library Holdings ($7.754M), and a decrement of Building assets of $40.824M.

149 12 PAYABLES – CURRENT Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Sundry creditors 12,216 20,149 10,015 14,394 Accrued expenses other 16,765 18,790 11,250 8,079 Accrued expenses payroll 742 686 – – Total 29,723 39,625 21,265 22,473

13 PROVISIONS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Current Provision for annual leave 27,577 27,134 25,639 25,334

Provision for staff superannuation 57,092 51,873 57,088 51,873 Provision for redundancies 104 286 – – Provision for long service leave 12,808 8,759 11,697 8,313 Provision for workers’ compensation 2,486 1,116 2,486 1,116 Provision for taxation – 92 – –

100,067 89,260 96,910 86,636 Non–current Provision for staff superannuation 326,938 290,394 326,938 290,394 Provision for long service leave 57,764 53,942 56,837 53,069 Provision for workers’ compensation 3,050 3,169 3,050 3,169 387,752 347,505 386,825 346,632 487,819 436,765 483,735 433,268 Provision for annual leave Opening balance of provision 27,134 21,657 25,334 20,456 Add contributions from operations 11,733 15,180 11,339 14,511 Less payments during year (11,290) (9,703) (11,034) (9,633) Closing balance of provision 27,577 27,134 25,639 25,334 Provision for staff superannuation Opening balance of provision 342,267 274,909 342,267 274,909 Add contributions from operations 10,536 20,832 10,187 20,832 Less payments during year (12,147) (17,250) (11,802) (17,250) 340,656 278,491 340,652 278,491 Plus deferred income – government contributions for superannuation 43,374 63,776 43,374 63,776 Closing balance of provision 384,030 342,267 384,026 342,267

150 13 PROVISIONS (continued)

Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Provision for redundancies Opening balance of provision 286 ––– Add contributions from operations 104 286 – – Less payments during year (286) ––– Closing balance of provision 104 286 – – Provision for long service leave Opening balance of provision 62,701 54,427 61,382 53,377 Add contributions from operations 17,427 12,630 16,700 12,383 Less payments during year (9,556) (8,292) (9,548) (8,313) Plus deferred income from Commonwealth Government (University College, ADFA) – 3,936 – 3,935 Closing balance of provision 70,572 62,701 68,534 61,382 Provision for workers’ compensation (i) Opening balance of provision 4,285 4,615 4,285 4,615 Add contributions from operations 3,144 1,430 3,144 1,430 Less payments during year (1,081) (1,116) (1,081) (1,116) Less operating expenses (812) (644) (812) (644) Closing balance of provision 5,536 4,285 5,536 4,285 Provision for taxation Opening balance of provision 92 40 – – Adjustment (87) ––– Add contributions from operations – 130 – – Less payments during year (5) (78) – – Closing balance of provision – 92 – –

(i) It is a requirement of the license that the University maintain a provision for each fund in respect of outstanding claims liability as at 31 December each year. The following table shows the UNSW and ACT funds.

University only UNSW ACT Fund Fund Fund Fund Total 2003 Total 2002

Opening balance of provision 3,900 385 4,285 4,615 Add contributions from operations 3,112 32 3,144 1,430 Less payments during year (998) (83) (1,081) (1,116) Less operating expenses (773) (39) (812) (644) Closing balance of provision 5,241 295 5,536 4,285

151 14 OTHER LIABILITIES Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Current Income in advance 56,474 56,938 42,138 37,664 Trusts (i) 6,119 6,652 6,112 6,652 UNSW Foundation Ltd – – 32,647 25,167 Other 22,748 20,540 35,241 26,436 Total 85,341 84,130 116,138 95,919 Non–current Unisearch prepaid rent – – 3,165 3,415 Other 817 817 – – Total 817 817 3,165 3,415

(i) Trusts Opening balance 6,652 6,295 6,652 6,295 Investment income 348 532 348 532 Other revenue 17 1,419 10 1,419 Expenditure (898) (1,594) (898) (1,594) Liability as at 31 December 2003 6,119 6,652 6,112 6,652 Assets and liabilities of trusts for which the University is a trustee: Current asset investments 6,119 6,652 6,112 6,652

Current liabilities 6,119 6,652 6,112 6,652

152 15 RESERVES Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

(a) Reserves comprise Asset revaluation reserves 198,901 116,054 186,043 105,498 Investment revaluation reserves 10,059 1,006 9,615 714 General reserves 950 950 – – Other reserves 141 141 – – Total reserves 210,051 118,151 195,658 106,212

(b) Movements in reserves Asset revaluation reserves Opening balance 116,054 222,193 105,498 211,637 Write down of buildings – (77,375) – (77,375) Adjustment (14,857) – (14,857) –

Revaluation of land 109,310 – 109,310 – Revaluation of buildings (40,824) (46,950) (40,824) (46,950) Revaluation of student accomodation and residential 29,843 18,186 29,842 18,186 Revaluation of library holdings 7,754 – 7,754 – Transfer from/(to) other reserves and revaluation (i) (8,379) – (10,680) – Closing balance 198,901 116,054 186,043 105,498

Investment revaluation reserves Opening balance 1,006 15,073 714 13,932 Surplus/(loss) on revaluation of investments 9,053 (4,304) 8,901 (4,199) Transfer to accumulated funds – (9,763) – (9,019) Closing balance 10,059 1,006 9,615 714

(i) Represents $10.680M in revaluation gains from 2002 that were realised in 2003 following the sale of Pindari, and transferred to accumulated funds. On consolidation, the net transfer is $8.379M.

16 ACCUMULATED FUNDS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Balance at beginning of the year 983,807 920,403 926,134 874,433 Operating results from ordinary activities 16,576 53,641 16,625 42,682 Transfer from revaluation reserves 8,379 9,763 10,680 9,019 Balance at the end of the year 1,008,762 983,807 953,439 926,134

153 17 EXPENDITURE AND LEASING COMMITMENTS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

17.1 EXPENDITURE COMMITMENTS

Building works 36,526 8,413 32,926 8,413 Plant and equipment 3,751 2,666 3,589 2,099 Other expenditure 1,560 1,383 1,560 1,383 Implementation of eProcurement – 982 – 982 41,837 13,444 38,075 12,877 GST payable (i) 4,184 1,344 3,808 1,288 46,021 14,788 41,883 14,165 Payable Not later than 1 year 46,021 14,788 41,883 14,165 Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years – – – –

Later than 5 years – – – – Total 46,021 14,788 41,883 14,165

17.2 OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS Consolidated University 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Non–cancelable operating leases contracted for but not capitalised in the financial statements 5,264 7,390 1,736 2,051 GST payable (i) 527 739 174 205 5,791 8,129 1,910 2,256 Payable Not later than 1 year 2,063 3,031 913 1,018 Later than 1 year but no later than 5 years 3,728 5,098 997 1,238 Later than 5 years 36,697 –– – Total 42,488 8,129 1,910 2,256

(i) GST is recoverable from the ATO on all capital expenditure incurred.

154 18 SUPERANNUATION PLANS (UNIVERSITY ONLY)

University of New South Wales summary of 2003 increase/(decrease) in the superannuation (asset)/liability

NSW State State State Authorities Professorial Superannuation Authorities Non–Contributory Superannuation Scheme Superannuation Superannuation Non–Contributory 2003 2002 Scheme Scheme Scheme Total Total $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Opening balance of provision 306,575 2,635 6,822 26,235 342,267 274,909 Contributions from operations 7,450 3,138 (1,424) 1,023 10,187 20,832 Payments during year (7,450) (3,138) (831) (383) (11,802) (17,250) 306,575 2,635 4,567 26,875 340,652 278,491

Deferred income due from Commonwealth/State Governments 41,661 1,713 – – 43,374 63,776 Closing balance of provision (i) 348,236 4,348 4,567 26,875 384,026 342,267

(i) Current liabilities 40,291 – – 16,259 56,550 51,873 Non–current liabilities 307,945 4,348 4,567 10,616 327,476 290,394 348,236 4,348 4,567 26,875 384,026 342,267

19 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (i) As at 31 December 2003 outstanding Staff Housing Scheme loan guarantees provided by the University pursuant to an agreement with the Commonwealth Bank of Australia total $188,000 ($208,000 in 2002). (ii) AGSM has a bank guarantee with ANZ Banking Group in favour of Harina Company Limited for lease premises, $694,000. (iii) Claims against the consolidated entity and the University in the normal course of activities. Based on advice received these claims are not expected to have a material effect. (iv) The University has been granted a license under Division 5 of Part 7 of the Workers’ Compensation Act, 1987. In accordance with the license the University has the following bank guarantees: – $5,070,000 with ANZ Banking Group in favour of WorkCover New South Wales; and, – $768,000 with Westpac Banking Corporation in favour of ACT WorkCover. (v) The University has been advised of a potential issue by some members of the University of New South Wales Professorial Superannuation Scheme. The University is seeking advice on this issue. At this stage the financial impact, if any, is not able to be quantified. (vi) There is a potential issue in regard to the amount of research income reported in prior years’ Higher Education Research Data Collections to the Department of Education, Science and Training (DEST). This information has been used by DEST to calculate grants paid to the University under the following schemes: Research Quantum; Institutional Grants Scheme; and Research Training Scheme. The resolution of this matter is at an early stage and the financial impact, if any, has not been determined, however it is not expected to exceed, $1.7M.

155 20 CONTROLLED ENTITIES The University of New South Wales controls a number of entities, which support the aims and objectives of the University. Each of the controlled entities produce financial accounts relative to their operation and are subject to audit.

Country of Ownership interest Name of Entity incorporation 2003 2002 per cent per cent Parent Entity – UNSW N/A Controlled entities

AGSM Ltd Australia 66.67 66.67 – AGSM Consulting Ltd

University of New South Wales International House Ltd Australia 100 100

University of New South Wales Press Ltd Australia 100 100

Unisearch Ltd Group Australia 100 100 – Cystemix Pty Ltd

NewSouth Enterprises Pty Ltd Group Australia 100 100 – NewSouth Global Pty Ltd – UNSW (Singapore) Pte Ltd – UNSW (Hong Kong) Ltd – Australian Education Consultancy Ltd Hong Kong

The University of New South Wales Foundation Ltd Australia 100 100 – as Trustee for the Unversity of New South Wales Foundation – as Trustee for the New South Wales Minerals Industry / University of New South Wales Education Trust

Qucor Pty Ltd (i) (ii) Australia 60 –

Biosignal Pty Ltd (iii) Australia 66.67 66.67

Acyte Biotech Pty Ltd (iii) Australia 66.67 66.67

(i) Qucom Pty Ltd changed its name to Qucor Pty Ltd on 1 October 2003

(ii) Ownership split: 30.00 per cent University of New South Wales 30.00 per cent University of Unisearch Ltd Group 40.00 per cent held for the benefit of the Original Researchers by University of New South Wales

(iii) Ownership split: 33.33 per cent University of New South Wales 33.33 per cent Unisearch Ltd Group 33.33 per cent Original Researchers

21 OUTSIDE EQUITY INTERESTS Consolidated 2003 2002 $’000 $’000

Outside equity interests in controlled entities comprise: Issued capital 1 1 Accumulated funds 4,282 3,649 Reserves – 200

Total 4,283 3,850

156 22 DISAGGREGATION INFORMATION FOR THE CONSOLIDATED ENTITY

RevenueResults (i) Assets 2003 2002 2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Industry

Higher education 852,433 865,417 19,029 51,898 1,800,482 1,637,842 Consultancy – Unisearch Ltd Group 14,818 19,010 (1,881) 504 22,655 25,644 Publishing – UNSW Press Ltd 14,631 14,265 61 302 3,659 3,659 Total 881,882 898,692 17,209 52,704 1,826,796 1,667,145

Geographical Australia 876,643 896,935 17,501 51,936 1,823,661 1,665,687 Asia 5,239 1,757 (292) 768 3,136 1,458

Total 881,882 898,692 17,209 52,704 1,826,796 1,667,145

(i) Net operating results before outside equity interests and transfers to and from reserves

23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

UNSW’s accounting policies and terms and conditions for each class of financial assets, financial liability and equity instrument are: Sector Accounting policies Terms and conditions

Cash Recorded at cost. At balance date cash is carried Opening and closing of bank accounts is carried at nominal values and reconciled to monies on out under the authority of the Vice–Chancellor. hand and independent bank statements. Monies on deposit attract interest in accordance with arrangements with banks.

Receivables At balance date, receivables are recognised and Payment terms are thirty (30) days net. carried at cost. Provision for doubtful debts is made when collection of the full outstanding amounts is no longer probable. Bad debts are written off in accordance with ruling procedures. No interest is earned on debtors.

Investments Represented by three investments pools, Short to Investments in Pool S are generally able to be Medium term (Pool S), Long Term (Pool L) and redeemed within three business day’s notice. Unlisted Companies and Intellectual Property Investments in Pool L are generally able to be (Pool P). Investments in Pools S and L are redeemed at exit price within thirty business days recorded at market value. The value of the notice. Assets of Pool S and Pool L are held in investments reflects decreases/increases in custody by National Bank Custodial services. domestic and international markets and is stated Investment instructions are forwarded for implementation at net fair value. Investments in Pool P are to NBCS under the signatures of two (2) appointed recorded at cost, market value or valuation. investment attorneys.

157 23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Consolidated The following table details the economic entity’s exposure to interest rate risk as at the 31 December 2003:

Average Variable Fixed Interest Rate Maturity Non Total Interest Interest Less than 1 to 5 Years More than Interest Rate Rate 1 Year 5 Years Bearing 2003 per cent $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Financial assets

Cash 4.60 51,504 51,504

Receivables 53,049 53,049

Accrued income 16,023 16,023

Sundry advances 7,992 7,992

Investment interest receivable 4.80 221 221

Unlisted shares 4,151 4,151

Unlisted trusts 13.40 177,266 177,266

Other securities 5.96 125,228 125,228

Term deposits 5.96 18,398 18,398

Liquids 5.96 58,867 39,270 98,137

Other 6,554 6,554

Government contributions for superannuation 350,026 350,026

Total financial assets 51,504 202,714 223,090 – 431,241 908,549

Financial liabilities Sundry creditors 29,723 29,723

Employee entitlements 444,445 444,445

Other 86,158 86,158

Government contributions for superannuation 43,374 43,374

Total financial liabilities – – – – 603,700 603,700

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 51,504 202,714 223,090 – (172,459) 304,849

158 23 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Consolidated The following table details the economic entity’s exposure to interest rate risk as at the 31 December 2002:

Average Variable Fixed Interest Rate Maturity Non Total Interest Interest Less than 1 to 5 Years More than Interest Rate Rate 1 Year 5 Years Bearing per cent $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Financial assets

Cash 4.36 46,038 46,038

Receivables 51,491 51,491

Accrued income 34,157 34,157

Sundry advances 8,272 8,272

Investment interest receivable 4.09 181 181

Unlisted shares 9,080 9,080

Unlisted trusts (2.8) 174,130 174,130

Other securities 5.5 35,065 535 35,600

Term deposits 5.5 101,870 250 102,120

Liquids 5.5 40,719 6,572 47,291

Other 8,135 8,135

Government contributions for superannuation 306,652 306,652

Total financial assets 46,038 177,835 189,372 – 409,902 823,147

Financial liabilities

Sundry creditors 38,939 38,939

Employee entitlements 373,583 373,583

Other 85,039 85,039

Government contributions for superannuation 63,776 63,776

Total financial liabilities – – – – 561,337 561,337

Net financial assets/(liabilities) 46,038 177,835 189,372 – (151,435) 261,810

159 24 NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

Consolidated University

End of Beginning Movement End of Beginning Movement reporting of reporting reporting of reporting period period period period $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

a) Cash at beginning and end of reporting period Cash 51,504 46,038 5,466 31,036 12,054 18,982 Short term deposits 202,493 177,654 24,839 187,100 169,646 17,454

253,997 223,692 30,305 218,136 181,700 36,436

b) Net cash provided or used by operating activities Net Cash provided or used by operating activities is reconciled to operating results as follows: Consolidated University

2003 2002 2003 2002 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

Operating result after tax 17,209 52,704 16,625 42,682 Depreciation 50,752 42,089 48,355 39,831 Provision for doubtful debts 3,950 1,202 3,742 1,344 Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 4,220 5,413 4,220 5,091 Writedown of investments – unlisted companies 7,837 – 7,837 – Net foreign exchange loss 840 71 – – Net foreign exchange gain – (60) – – Gains on sales of investments (3,479) (1,250) (3,398) (221) Changes in assets and liabilities: (Increase)/decrease in receivables (1,318) (7,472) (3,026) (9,724) (Increase)/decrease in accrued interest receivables (40) 309 (51) 43 (Increase)/decrease in accrued income 18,134 (14,807) 11,780 (12,880) (Increase)/decrease in inventories 281 145 101 164 (Increase)/decrease in sundry advances (146) 1,108 (392) 556 (Increase)/decrease in payments in advance 426 (5,628) 917 (6,020) (Increase)/decrease in deferred superannuation (43,374) (63,776) (43,374) (63,776) (Increase)/decrease in other assets 2,288 (4,357) (342) (263) (Increase)/decrease in loans to members of staff 3 3 3 3 Increase/(decrease) in sundry creditors and accrued expenses (9,902) 3,416 (1,208) (4,035) Increase/(decrease) in prepaid income (464) 16,170 4,474 5,985 Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 1,675 4,322 15,495 10,933 Increase/(decrease) in provisions 51,054 81,117 50,467 79,911

Net cash provided by operating activities 99,947 110,719 112,225 89,624

160 200 200 200 200 (200) 2002 $’000 291 291 291 291 (291) 2003 $’000 63 – – (64) – – 785 785 786 785 (785) 2002 $’000 64 (64) 805 805 805 805 (805) 2003 $’000 ––––– 2002 2,963 – – – – 7,344 7,344 $’000 10,307 10,307 (10,307) 2003 (2,024) (2,963) $’000 14,025 14,025 19,012 19,012 (14,025) 4,639 – – 2002 $’000 (4,915) – – 75,715 75,715 17,882 – – – – – – 58,109 75,715 (75,715) 4,915 2003 (5,021) $’000 80,944 80,944 18,705 62,345 80,944 (80,944) 2002 11,680 11,680 11,680 11,680 $’000 2003 $’000 12,005 12,005 12,005 12,005 ––––– –––––– ––––– (219) – – – – 9,243 – – 2002 (9,634) – – $’000 111,031 111,031 111,641 111,250 (111,031) (12,005) (11,680) – Assistance Pool Development hospitals 9,634 2,748 2003 $’000 (3,086) (9,649) Operating Financial Capital HECS PELS Teaching BOTPLS 110,039 110,024 (109,686) D – Financial assistance Contributions actually Contributions – – – – Financial assistance ue attributed to 109,686 Expenses for Expenses for n Surplus/(deficit) prior year – – – – – – – – – – – – Financial assistance Plus Plus Less ve Other Prior year adjustment Prior year Future adjustment from trust fund – – – – – – – – – – – – otal from DEST A+B+C otal from eporting period eporting period eporting period r r Less Funds available for for Funds available 109,686 25 ACQUITTAL OF COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE GOVERNMENT OF COMMONWEALTH 25 ACQUITTAL AND LEARNING (UNIVERSITY ONLY) 25.1 TEACHING Plus current period Surplus/(deficit) for r A. Re received during reportingreceived period C. received from students received D. in advance (paid in previous (paid in previous in advance reporting current period for reporting period) B. Accrual adjustments in advance (received in the (received in advance reporting the next period for reporting period) T

161 – – – – – – 2002 $’000 10 10 10 10 10 2003 Discovery Discovery $’000 ––– 17 – 171 – – 2002 2,736 2,565 2,565 2,592 $’000 (2,719) – – 32 Linkage 851 2003 5,375 5,358 5,358 $’000 (4,524) –5,3 (5) (5) (5) (5) – 2002 $’000 – – 5 5 5 – 26 (5) 17 Linkage 2003 $’000 – (8) – (5) – (27) – – – 171 503 222 281 281 289 – (332) – 2002 $’000 8 – Linkage 273 523 171 352 352 344 (250) 2003 $’000 – 457 454 2002 1,805 1,351 1,351 1,351 $’000 (1,348) 711 457 965 965 965 (711) 2003 1,422 $’000 – ––– (9) 579 579 579 626 (588) 2002 $’000 ederation Infrastructure International Special Centres Indigenous (9) 47 F 407 (771) – 2003 1,178 1,187 1,187 1,140 $’000 – (continued) 2002 1,597 1,335 3,372 2,037 1,969 2,049 $’000 (1,775) esearch R 80 950 Discovery DiscoveryDiscovery Linkage – 2003 1,247 1,597 2,627 1,030 1,030 $’000 (1,380) – – 2002 1,331 1,138 7,255 6,117 6,494 6,850 $’000 (5,924) 490 356 2003 1,331 7,098 5,767 5,767 5,411 $’000 (6,608) – 324 (377) 68 – – – (810) – (356) – (80) – (47) – – 2002 4,591 4,720 $’000 17,394 12,674 12,350 13,160 (12,803) (Large Fellowships Fellowships Equipment Researcher Research(Large Fellowships Fellowships of Equipment Researchers Projects Projects – Grants) & Facilities Exchange Initiatives Excellence Development Discovery Linkage – 2003 $’000 Financial assistance in Financial assistance received Financial assistance received 15,183 ue attributed to reporting period 16,011 n Plus Less ve otal from ARC A+B-C ARC otal from 15,993 or current reporting period) Surplus/(deficit) for reportingSurplus/(deficit) for period 5,864 Accrual Adjustments. specifyspecify 18 – – – – – – – – 25 ACQUITTAL OF COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE GOVERNMENT OF COMMONWEALTH 25 ACQUITTAL COUNCIL (UNIVERSITY ONLY) RESEARCH 25.2 AUSTRALIAN specify Plus Surplus/(deficit) prior year currentLess Expenses for period 4,591 (14,738) Re A. Financial assistance in advance A. Financial assistance in advance during reporting period C. 810 advance (received in reporting (received advance reporting period) next period for T Funds available for reporting for periodFunds available 20,602 (paid in previous reporting period (paid in previous f B.

162 2002 $’000 3,069 3,069 3,069 2003 3,069 $’000 3,069 3,069 2002 $’000 1,379 1,381 – – 1,379 – – 1,381 – – (1,379) – – 2003 1,561 1,561 $’000 1,561 1,561 (1,561) –– 2002 $’000 4,006 4,006 2,156 – – 4,006 4,006 (1,850) 2003 6,565 4,409 $’000 2,670 2,156 4,409 4,409 (3,895) 669 2002 $’000 5,168 2,643 2,525 2,643 2,643 (4,499) 467 Component Component) 2003 3,265 2,596 $’000 2,596 2,596 (2,798) (Pre 2002 Funding(Pre Funding Onwards Scholarships 308 – – – – – – – – 585 (156) – – – – – – – – 2002 $’000 3,857 3,705 3,857 3,857 (3,272) 1 156 585 669 (121) 2003 2,533 1,913 $’000 1,948 1,948 (continued) (2,532) 2002 $’000 3,219 (3,329) 40,289 40,399 40,289 40,289 (40,289) 2003 3,329 $’000 (3,330) 41,688 41,689 41,688 41,688 (41,688) 961 2002 $’000 2,999 – – 1,448 – (1,075) 13,479 12,145 12,031 12,031 (10,480) 2003 3,561 2,999 1,075 $’000 (1,192) 16,462 13,580 13,463 13,463 (12,901) 2002 $’000 2,034 (2,035) 25,460 25,461 25,460 25,460 (25,460) Grants InfrastructureGrants Training Infrastructure Postgraduate Postgraduate Postgraduate Research Scheme Scheme Initative Awards (2002 Awards Research –– –– Institutional Research Research Systemic Australian Australian International Small 2003 $’000 (25,488) ue attributed to reporting period 25,488 n Plus Financial assistance 25,414 Less Financial assistance in (1,961) ve

specify specify – – – – – – – – – – – – (2) – – otal from DEST A+B+Cotal from 25,488 eceived during reporting period eceived (paid in previous reporting period for (paid in previous r C. Funds available for reporting for periodFunds available 25,488 current reporting period) B. A. Financial assistance in advance A. Financial assistance in advance 2,035 in reporting (received advance reporting period) the next period for T Accrual Adjustments; Surplus/(deficit) for reportingSurplus/(deficit) for period 25 ACQUITTAL OF COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE GOVERNMENT OF COMMONWEALTH 25 ACQUITTAL (UNIVERSITY ONLY) 25.3 DEST RESEARCH Plus Surplus/(deficit) prior year currentLess Expenses for period Re

163 25 ACQUITTAL OF COMMONWEALTH GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE (continued)

25.4 SUMMARY OF UNSPENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE

Amount of unspent Amount of unspent Amount of unspent financial assistance financial assistance that financial assistance at 31 December 2003 it is more likely will thatit is more likely be approved by the will be recovered by Commonwealth for the Commonwealth carry forward 2003 2003 2003

Category of financial assistance $’000 $’000 $’000 Teaching and learning: Operating, excluding HECS, PELS and BOTPLS – – – Teaching Hospitals – – – Capital Development Pool – – – HECS – – – PELS – – – BOTPLS – – –

ARC: Discovery – Projects 5,864 5,864 – Discovery – Research Fellowships 1,247 1,247 – Discovery – Federation Fellowships 407 407 – Discovery – Indigenous 10 10 – Linkage – Infrastructure 711 711 – Linkage – International Research Exchange 273 273 – Linkage – Projects 490 490 – Linkage – Centres 851 851 –

DEST Research: Institutional Grants Scheme – – – Research Infrastructure 3,561 3,561 – Research Training Scheme – – – Systemic Infrastructure Initiative 11– Australian Postgraduate Awards – Pre 2002 Funding Component 467 467 – Australian Postgraduate Awards – 2002 Onward Funding Component 2,670 2,670 – International Postgraduate Research Scholarships – – – Small Research 3,069 3,069 – 19,621 19,621 – Higher education innovation program – – – 19,621 19,621 –

END OF FINANCIAL REPORT

164